WO2020138059A1 - Exterior material for power storage device, manufacturing method thereof, and power storage device - Google Patents

Exterior material for power storage device, manufacturing method thereof, and power storage device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020138059A1
WO2020138059A1 PCT/JP2019/050568 JP2019050568W WO2020138059A1 WO 2020138059 A1 WO2020138059 A1 WO 2020138059A1 JP 2019050568 W JP2019050568 W JP 2019050568W WO 2020138059 A1 WO2020138059 A1 WO 2020138059A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
layer
storage device
electricity storage
exterior material
mass
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/050568
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
立沢 雅博
純 景山
Original Assignee
大日本印刷株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 大日本印刷株式会社 filed Critical 大日本印刷株式会社
Priority to JP2020523823A priority Critical patent/JP6760550B1/en
Publication of WO2020138059A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020138059A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/18Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives
    • B32B27/20Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives using fillers, pigments, thixotroping agents
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02EREDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
    • Y02E60/00Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
    • Y02E60/10Energy storage using batteries

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to an exterior material for an electricity storage device, a method for manufacturing the same, and an electricity storage device.
  • an exterior material is an indispensable member for encapsulating power storage device elements such as electrodes and electrolytes.
  • metal exterior materials have been widely used as exterior materials for power storage devices.
  • an electric storage device exterior material generally, a recess is formed by cold forming, and an electric storage device element such as an electrode or an electrolytic solution is arranged in a space formed by the recess, and a heat-fusible resin is used.
  • an electricity storage device in which an electricity storage device element is housed inside the exterior material for an electricity storage device is obtained.
  • an electricity storage device such as a lithium-ion secondary battery may be required to be colored black in order to unify the appearance and color of a device such as an electric device to be mounted (see Patent Document 2, for example. reference).
  • an identification mark such as product information (for example, letters or numbers indicating a lot number, a bar code or a symbol) is displayed on the surface of the electricity storage device. May be printed.
  • product information for example, letters or numbers indicating a lot number, a bar code or a symbol
  • an identification mark or the like may be printed on the outer surface in the manufacturing process of the exterior material for an electricity storage device.
  • processing and inspection may be performed under a yellow light source such as in a yellow room.
  • a yellow light source such as in a yellow room.
  • an identification sign or the like is printed on the electricity storage device or the exterior material for an electricity storage device that appears black in color and processed or inspected under the yellow light source in the yellow room, the identification of the identification mark deteriorates, resulting in product information. It was found that there is a possibility that it is not possible to accurately read the above.
  • the present disclosure can identify the identification mark printed on the surface in the yellow room or under the light source of the orange to yellow lamp, even though it is the exterior material for the electricity storage device that exhibits a black appearance.
  • the main object is to provide an exterior material for an electricity storage device having excellent properties.
  • the inventors of the present disclosure have made earnest studies to solve the above problems.
  • a base material layer, a barrier layer, and a heat-fusible resin layer which is composed of a laminated body, in the exterior material for an electricity storage device having a black appearance, outside the barrier layer.
  • a layer containing a blue colorant it is possible to adjust to a black color exhibiting a bluish hue, which is a complementary color of yellow, among other black colors, and it is possible to adjust the surface in the yellow room or under the light source of an orange to yellow lamp. It has been found that the distinguishability of the printed identification mark is enhanced.
  • An exterior material for an electricity storage device which has a black appearance
  • the exterior material for an electricity storage device is, in order from the outside, composed of a laminate including at least a base material layer, a barrier layer, and a heat-fusible resin layer,
  • the exterior body for an electricity storage device wherein the laminated body includes a layer containing a blue colorant outside the barrier layer.
  • the identification mark printed on the surface is identified in the yellow room or under the light source of the orange to yellow lamp (Na lamp) even though it is the exterior material for the electricity storage device that exhibits a black appearance. It is possible to provide an exterior material for an electricity storage device having excellent properties. Further, according to the present disclosure, it is also possible to provide a method for manufacturing the exterior material for an electricity storage device, and an electricity storage device using the exterior material for an electricity storage device.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional structure of a power storage device exterior material of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional structure of a power storage device exterior material of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional structure of a power storage device exterior material of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional structure of a power storage device exterior material of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional structure of a power storage device exterior material of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional structure of a power storage device exterior material of the present disclosure.
  • the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure is an exterior material for an electricity storage device that exhibits a black appearance
  • the exterior material for an electricity storage device is, in order from the outside, at least a base material layer, a barrier layer, and a heat-fusible resin. It is composed of a laminated body including layers, and is characterized in that a layer containing a blue colorant is provided outside the barrier layer.
  • the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure by being provided with the configuration, the exterior material for an electricity storage device having a black appearance is printed on the surface under the light source in the yellow room. The excellent identification property of the identification mark can be exhibited.
  • the exterior material for the electricity storage device of the present disclosure will be described in detail.
  • the numerical range indicated by “to” means “greater than or equal to” and “less than or equal to”.
  • the expression 2 to 15 mm means 2 mm or more and 15 mm or less.
  • the appearance is black means that the exterior material for an electricity storage device is recognized to be black when observed from the outside with the naked eye. .. More specifically, “black” in “the appearance is black” has an L * value of 40 or less, preferably 35 or less in CIE1976 L * a * b * (CIELAB) chromaticity coordinates. The L * value is also in the L * a * b * color space of the reflected light measured from the outside under the SCI method, the visual field of 10°, and the measurement conditions of the light source F2. In addition, in addition to the L * value, the a * value of black is preferably ⁇ 20 to +20, and more preferably ⁇ 10 to +10.
  • the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure is characterized in that it has a black appearance and further has b * of ⁇ 0.20 or less.
  • the inside of the yellow room means a room in which light with a wavelength of 500 nm or less including ultraviolet rays is cut, and the light is visually recognized as yellow in the room.
  • the yellow room is generally provided for performing a photolithography process in which a photosensitive material is handled, for example, in a clean room of a semiconductor factory.
  • the exterior material 10 for an energy storage device of the present disclosure is, for example, as shown in FIG. 1, a base material layer 1, a barrier layer 3, and a heat-fusible resin layer 4 in order from the outside. It is comprised from the laminated body provided with.
  • the base material layer 1 is the outermost layer side and the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is the innermost layer.
  • the peripheral edges are heat-sealed with the heat-fusible resin layers 4 of the power storage device exterior material 10 facing each other.
  • the electricity storage device element is housed in the space formed by.
  • the barrier layer 3 is used as a standard, the heat-fusible resin layer 4 side is the inner side of the barrier layer 3, and the base material layer 1 side of the barrier layer 3 is the inner side. Outside.
  • the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device enhances the adhesiveness between the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3 (further, as will be described later, electricity storage is performed).
  • the adhesive layer 2 may be provided as necessary for the purpose of, for example, coloring the device exterior material 10.
  • a coloring layer 21 is provided between the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3 for the purpose of coloring the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device. You may have.
  • the adhesive layer 5 may be provided between the barrier layer 3 and the heat-fusible resin layer 4 for the purpose of improving the adhesiveness between these layers. May have.
  • a surface coating layer 6 and the like may be provided on the outside of the base material layer 1 (on the side opposite to the heat-fusible resin layer 4 side), if necessary.
  • the thickness of the laminate constituting the exterior material 10 for the electricity storage device is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of cost reduction, energy density improvement, etc., preferably about 180 ⁇ m or less, about 155 ⁇ m or less, about 120 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the laminated body that constitutes the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device is preferably about 35 ⁇ m or more, about 45 ⁇ m or more, about 5 ⁇ m or more from the viewpoint of maintaining the function of the exterior material for an electricity storage device that protects the electricity storage device element.
  • the thickness is 60 ⁇ m or more.
  • the preferable range of the thickness of the laminate constituting the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device is, for example, about 35 to 180 ⁇ m, about 35 to 155 ⁇ m, about 35 to 120 ⁇ m, about 45 to 180 ⁇ m, about 45 to 155 ⁇ m, 45 to The thickness is about 120 ⁇ m, about 60 to 180 ⁇ m, about 60 to 155 ⁇ m, about 60 to 120 ⁇ m.
  • the b * value in the L * a * b * color space of the reflected light measured from the outside under the SCI method, the visual field of 10°, and the measurement conditions of the light source F2 is ⁇ 0. It is preferably less than or equal to 20.
  • the b * value is not particularly limited as long as it is ⁇ 0.20 or less, but from the viewpoint that the distinctiveness is further improved and the appearance is black, it is preferably about -0.50 or less, more preferably about -0.80 or less. From the same viewpoint, the b * value is preferably about ⁇ 5.00 or more, more preferably about ⁇ 4.00 or more, further preferably about ⁇ 2.00 or more, further preferably about ⁇ 1.50 or more. Are listed. The preferable range of the b * value is about ⁇ 5.00 to ⁇ 0.20, about ⁇ 5.00 to ⁇ 0.50, about ⁇ 5.00 to ⁇ 0.80, and ⁇ 4.00 to ⁇ 0.
  • the b * value is particularly preferably about -1.50 to -0.80.
  • the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure has an a * value in the L * a * b * color space of reflected light, which is measured from the outside under the measurement conditions of the SCI method, the field of view of 10°, and the light source F2. It is preferably +0.20 or less. Thereby, the distinctiveness is further improved, and it is suitably recognized that the appearance is black.
  • the a * value is more preferably about +0.10 or less, further preferably +0.04 or less, and further preferably from the viewpoint that the distinctiveness is further improved and that the appearance is suitably recognized as black. It is about +0.02 or less, more preferably about 0.00 or less, and further preferably about -0.01 or less.
  • the a * value is preferably about ⁇ 3.50 or more, more preferably about ⁇ 3.00 or more, further preferably about ⁇ 2.00 or more, further preferably about ⁇ 0.50 or more, further preferably It is preferably about -0.30 or more, more preferably about -0.15 or more, still more preferably about -0.10 or more.
  • the preferable range of the a * value is about ⁇ 3.50 to +0.20, ⁇ 3.50 to +0.10, ⁇ 3.50 to +0.04, ⁇ 3.50 to +0.02. , -3.50 to 0.00, -3.50 to -0.01, -3.00 to +0.20, -3.00 to +0.10, -3.00 to +0.04 , -3.00 to +0.02, -3.00 to 0.00, -3.00 to -0.01, -2.00 to +0.20, -2.00 to +0.
  • Examples thereof include about 10 to +0.04, about ⁇ 0.10 to +0.02, about ⁇ 0.10 to 0.00, and about ⁇ 0.10 to ⁇ 0.01.
  • the a * value is preferably about ⁇ 0.30 to ⁇ 0.01, and about ⁇ 0.10 to ⁇ 0.01.
  • the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure has an L * value in the L * a * b * color space of reflected light, which is measured from the outside, under the SCI method, the field of view of 10°, and the measurement conditions of the light source F2. It is preferably 35.0 or less. Thereby, the distinctiveness is further improved, and it is suitably recognized that the appearance is black.
  • the L * value is more preferably about 33.0 or less, more preferably about 30.0 or less, and further preferably from the viewpoint that the distinctiveness is further improved and that the appearance is preferably black. Is about 28.0 or less. Further, the L * value is preferably about 25.0 or more, more preferably about 26.0 or more. The preferable range of the L * value is about 25.0 to 35.0, about 25.0 to 33.0, about 25.0 to 30.0, about 25.0 to 28.0, and about 26.0. ⁇ 35.0, 26.0 to 33.0, 26.0 to 30.0, 26.0 to 28.0. Among these, the L * value is particularly about 25.0 to 30.0, about 26.0 to 30.0, further about 26.0 to 29.0, and further about 26.0 to 28.0. Is preferred.
  • the values of L * value, a * value and b * value are values measured by the following method.
  • the observation condition of the spectrocolorimeter for example, CM-700d manufactured by Konica Minolta
  • a white calibration cap for example, CM-A177: manufactured by Konica Minolta
  • the observation light source is F2.
  • CSI mode JIS Z8722-2009
  • the L * , a * , and b * of the outer (base material layer side) surface are measured at room temperature and normal humidity. For measurement, each sample is measured at three points, and the average value is used as the measured value.
  • the identification mark to be printed includes, for example, letters or numbers displaying a lot number, a bar code or a symbol.
  • the color of the ink used for printing the identification mark is preferably white, because the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure having a black appearance is excellent in identification.
  • each layer forming the exterior material for a power storage device [base material layer 1]
  • the base material layer 1 is a layer provided for the purpose of exerting a function as a base material of the exterior material for an electricity storage device.
  • the base material layer 1 is located on the outer layer side of the exterior material for an electricity storage device.
  • the material forming the base material layer 1 is not particularly limited as long as it has a function as a base material, that is, at least an insulating property.
  • the base material layer 1 can be formed by using, for example, a resin, and the resin may contain an additive described below.
  • the tint (fine color tone) of the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device can be adjusted by adding an additive or a colorant described later to the base material layer.
  • the base material layer 1 may be, for example, a resin film made of resin, or may be formed by applying resin.
  • the resin film may be an unstretched film or a stretched film.
  • the stretched film include a uniaxially stretched film and a biaxially stretched film, and a biaxially stretched film is preferable.
  • the stretching method for forming the biaxially stretched film include a sequential biaxial stretching method, an inflation method and a simultaneous biaxial stretching method.
  • the method for applying the resin include a roll coating method, a gravure coating method and an extrusion coating method.
  • Examples of the resin forming the base material layer 1 include resins such as polyester, polyamide, polyolefin, epoxy resin, acrylic resin, fluororesin, polyurethane, silicon resin, and phenol resin, and modified products of these resins.
  • the resin forming the base material layer 1 may be a copolymer of these resins or a modified product of the copolymer. Further, it may be a mixture of these resins.
  • the resin forming the base material layer 1 is preferably polyester or polyamide.
  • polyester examples include polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene naphthalate, polyethylene isophthalate, and copolyester.
  • copolyester examples include a copolyester having ethylene terephthalate as a main repeating unit.
  • a copolymer polyester (hereinafter abbreviated to polyethylene (terephthalate/isophthalate)) in which ethylene terephthalate is a main repeating unit and is polymerized with ethylene isophthalate, polyethylene (terephthalate/adipate), polyethylene (terephthalate/ Sodium sulfoisophthalate), polyethylene (terephthalate/sodium isophthalate), polyethylene (terephthalate/phenyl-dicarboxylate), polyethylene (terephthalate/decanedicarboxylate), and the like.
  • These polyesters may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • polyamides include aliphatic polyamides such as nylon 6, nylon 66, nylon 610, nylon 12, nylon 46, and copolymers of nylon 6 and nylon 66; terephthalic acid and/or isophthalic acid.
  • Hexamethylenediamine-isophthalic acid-terephthalic acid copolyamides such as nylon 6I, nylon 6T, nylon 6IT, nylon 6I6T (I represents isophthalic acid, T represents terephthalic acid) containing a constitutional unit derived therefrom, polyamide MXD6 (polymeta Polyamides containing aromatics such as silylene adipamide; alicyclic polyamides such as polyamide PACM6 (polybis(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane adipamide); further lactam components and isocyanate components such as 4,4′-diphenylmethane-diisocyanate Examples thereof include copolymerized polyamides, polyesteramide copolymers and polyetheresteramide copo
  • the base material layer 1 preferably contains at least one of a polyester film, a polyamide film, and a polyolefin film, and preferably contains at least one of a stretched polyester film, a stretched polyamide film, and a stretched polyolefin film, It is more preferable to include at least one of a stretched polyethylene terephthalate film, a stretched polybutylene terephthalate film, a stretched nylon film, and a stretched polypropylene film.
  • the base material layer 1 may be a single layer or may be composed of two or more layers.
  • the base material layer 1 may be a laminate in which a resin film is laminated with an adhesive or the like, or a resin is coextruded into two or more layers. It may be a laminate of the above resin films. Further, the resin film laminate obtained by coextruding the resin into two or more layers may be the unstretched base material layer 1 or may be uniaxially or biaxially stretched to form the base material layer 1.
  • the laminate of two or more resin films in the base material layer 1 include a laminate of a polyester film and a nylon film, a laminate of two or more nylon films, a laminate of two or more polyester films. And the like, and preferably a laminate of a stretched nylon film and a stretched polyester film, a laminate of two or more stretched nylon films, and a laminate of two or more stretched polyester films.
  • the base material layer 1 is a laminate of two resin films, a laminate of a polyester resin film and a polyester resin film, a laminate of a polyamide resin film and a polyamide resin film, or a laminate of a polyester resin film and a polyamide resin film.
  • a laminated body is preferable, and a laminated body of a polyethylene terephthalate film and a polyethylene terephthalate film, a laminated body of a nylon film and a nylon film, or a laminated body of a polyethylene terephthalate film and a nylon film is more preferable.
  • the polyester resin is unlikely to discolor when an electrolytic solution adheres to the surface, when the base material layer 1 is a laminate of two or more resin films, the polyester resin film is It is preferably located in the outermost layer.
  • the two or more resin films may be laminated via an adhesive.
  • preferable adhesives include the same adhesives as those exemplified for the adhesive layer 2 described later.
  • the method for laminating the two or more resin films is not particularly limited, and known methods can be employed, and examples thereof include a dry laminating method, a sandwich laminating method, an extrusion laminating method, a thermal laminating method, and the like. A laminating method can be mentioned.
  • a polyurethane adhesive it is preferable to use a polyurethane adhesive as the adhesive. At this time, the thickness of the adhesive is, for example, about 2 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • an anchor coat layer may be formed on the resin film and laminated.
  • the anchor coat layer may be the same as the adhesive exemplified in the adhesive layer 2 described later.
  • the thickness of the anchor coat layer is, for example, about 0.01 to 1.0 ⁇ m.
  • additives such as a lubricant, a flame retardant, an antiblocking agent, an antioxidant, a light stabilizer, a tackifier, and an antistatic agent are present on at least one of the surface and the inside of the base material layer 1. Good.
  • the additive only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be mixed and used.
  • a lubricant is present on the surface of the base material layer 1 from the viewpoint of enhancing the moldability of the exterior material for an electricity storage device.
  • the lubricant is not particularly limited, but preferably an amide lubricant is used.
  • Specific examples of the amide-based lubricant include saturated fatty acid amide, unsaturated fatty acid amide, substituted amide, methylolamide, saturated fatty acid bisamide, unsaturated fatty acid bisamide, fatty acid ester amide, aromatic bisamide, and the like.
  • Specific examples of the saturated fatty acid amide include lauric acid amide, palmitic acid amide, stearic acid amide, behenic acid amide, and hydroxystearic acid amide.
  • unsaturated fatty acid amides include oleic acid amide and erucic acid amide.
  • substituted amide include N-oleylpalmitic acid amide, N-stearyl stearic acid amide, N-stearyl oleic acid amide, N-oleyl stearic acid amide, and N-stearyl erucic acid amide.
  • methylolamide include methylolstearic acid amide.
  • saturated fatty acid bisamide examples include methylenebisstearic acid amide, ethylenebiscapric acid amide, ethylenebislauric acid amide, ethylenebisstearic acid amide, ethylenebishydroxystearic acid amide, ethylenebisbehenic acid amide, and hexamethylenebisstearic acid amide.
  • saturated fatty acid bisamide examples include acid amide, hexamethylene bisbehenic acid amide, hexamethylene hydroxystearic acid amide, N,N′-distearyl adipic acid amide and N,N′-distearyl sebacic acid amide.
  • the unsaturated fatty acid bisamide include ethylenebisoleic acid amide, ethylenebiserucic acid amide, hexamethylenebisoleic acid amide, N,N′-dioleyl adipate amide, N,N′-dioleyl sebacic acid amide. And so on.
  • Specific examples of the fatty acid ester amide include stearoamide ethyl stearate.
  • specific examples of the aromatic bisamide include m-xylylenebisstearic acid amide, m-xylylenebishydroxystearic acid amide, N,N'-distearylisophthalic acid amide and the like.
  • the lubricant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a lubricant When a lubricant is present on the surface of the base material layer 1, its amount is not particularly limited, but is preferably about 3 mg/m 2 or more, more preferably about 4 to 15 mg/m 2 , and further preferably 5 to 14 mg. /M 2 can be mentioned.
  • the lubricant present on the surface of the base material layer 1 may be one in which the lubricant contained in the resin forming the base material layer 1 is exuded, or the one coated with the lubricant on the surface of the base material layer 1. May be.
  • the thickness of the base material layer 1 is not particularly limited as long as it exerts a function as a base material, but is, for example, about 3 to 50 ⁇ m, preferably about 10 to 35 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the resin film forming each layer is preferably about 2 to 25 ⁇ m.
  • the base material layer located outside the adhesive layer is preferably transparent or translucent.
  • the adhesive layer 2 is a layer provided between the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3, if necessary, for the purpose of enhancing the adhesiveness between the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3.
  • the adhesive layer 2 can be a layer that is located outside the barrier layer 3 and that contains a blue agent.
  • a blue agent described below to the adhesive layer 2 to provide the above-mentioned distinguishability. Can be increased.
  • the composition such as the kind and content of the colorant contained in the adhesive layer 2 and the base material layer 1 are further provided after the blue agent is blended.
  • the electricity storage device exterior material 10 can be adjusted. The color of can be adjusted.
  • the adhesive layer 2 is formed of an adhesive that can bond the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3 together.
  • the adhesive used for forming the adhesive layer 2 is not limited, but may be any of a chemical reaction type, a solvent volatilization type, a heat melting type, a heat pressure type and the like. Further, it may be a two-component curing type adhesive (two-component adhesive), a one-component curing type adhesive (one-component adhesive), or a resin that does not undergo a curing reaction.
  • the adhesive layer 2 may be a single layer or a multilayer.
  • the adhesive component contained in the adhesive include polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene naphthalate, polyethylene isophthalate, polyesters such as copolyester; polyether; polyurethane; epoxy resin; Phenolic resin; nylon 6, nylon 66, nylon 12, polyamide such as copolyamide; polyolefin resin such as polyolefin, cyclic polyolefin, acid-modified polyolefin, acid-modified cyclic polyolefin; polyvinyl acetate; cellulose; (meth)acrylic resin; Polyimide; polycarbonate; amino resins such as urea resin and melamine resin; rubber such as chloroprene rubber, nitrile rubber and styrene-butadiene rubber; silicone resin and the like.
  • adhesive components may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a polyurethane adhesive is preferable.
  • the resin serving as the adhesive component may be used in combination with an appropriate curing agent to enhance the adhesive strength.
  • the curing agent is appropriately selected from polyisocyanates, polyfunctional epoxy resins, oxazoline group-containing polymers, polyamine resins, acid anhydrides, etc. depending on the functional groups of the adhesive component.
  • the polyurethane adhesive includes, for example, a polyurethane adhesive containing a base compound containing a polyol compound and a curing agent containing an isocyanate compound.
  • a two-component curing type polyurethane adhesive containing a polyol such as a polyester polyol, a polyether polyol and an acrylic polyol as a main component and an aromatic or aliphatic polyisocyanate as a curing agent is preferable.
  • the polyol compound it is preferable to use a polyester polyol having a hydroxyl group at the side chain in addition to the hydroxyl group at the terminal of the repeating unit.
  • Examples of the curing agent include aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic and araliphatic isocyanate compounds.
  • Examples of the isocyanate-based compound include hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI) xylylene diisocyanate (XDI), isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), hydrogenated XDI (H6XDI), hydrogenated MDI (H12MDI), tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), diphenylmethane diisocyanate ( MDI), naphthalene diisocyanate (NDI) and the like.
  • the polyfunctional isocyanate modified body etc. from 1 type or 2 types or more of these diisocyanates are mentioned.
  • a multimer for example, trimer
  • examples of such a multimer include an adduct body, a biuret body, and a nurate body.
  • the aliphatic isocyanate-based compound refers to an isocyanate having an aliphatic group and no aromatic ring
  • the alicyclic isocyanate-based compound refers to an isocyanate having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group
  • an aromatic isocyanate-based compound Means an isocyanate having an aromatic ring. Since the adhesive layer 2 is formed of the polyurethane adhesive, excellent resistance to the electrolytic solution is imparted to the exterior material for the electricity storage device, and the base layer 1 is prevented from peeling off even when the electrolytic solution adheres to the side surface. ..
  • the adhesive layer 2 may contain other components as long as it does not impair the adhesiveness, and may contain a colorant, a thermoplastic elastomer, a tackifier, a filler and the like. Since the adhesive layer 2 contains the coloring agent, the exterior material for the electricity storage device can be colored. Known colorants such as pigments and dyes can be used as the colorant. In addition, as the colorant, only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be mixed and used.
  • the type of pigment is not particularly limited as long as the b * value is ⁇ 0.20 or less and the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer 2 is not impaired.
  • organic pigments include azo-based, phthalocyanine-based, quinacridone-based, anthraquinone-based, dioxazine-based, indigothioindigo-based, perinone-perylene-based, isoindolenin-based, benzimidazolone-based pigments, etc.
  • the pigment include carbon black-based, titanium-based, titanium oxide-based, cadmium-based, lead-based, chromium oxide-based, and iron-based pigments, and in addition, mica (mica) fine powder, fish scale foil, and the like.
  • the average particle diameter of the pigment is not particularly limited and may be, for example, about 0.05 to 5 ⁇ m, preferably about 0.08 to 2 ⁇ m.
  • the average particle diameter of the pigment is the median diameter measured by a laser diffraction/scattering type particle diameter distribution measuring device.
  • the tint changes even for the same type of pigment.
  • the secondary particle size of the pigment is preferably about 0.8 ⁇ m or less, more preferably about 0.6 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably about 0.4 ⁇ m or less.
  • the secondary particle size of the pigment is preferably about 0.05 ⁇ m or more, more preferably about 0.1 ⁇ m or more. Preferable ranges of the secondary particle diameter of the pigment are about 0.05 to 0.8 ⁇ m, about 0.05 to 0.6 ⁇ m, about 0.05 to 0.4 ⁇ m, about 0.1 to 0.8 ⁇ m, and 0.1.
  • the thickness is about 1 to 0.6 ⁇ m and about 0.1 to 0.4 ⁇ m.
  • the black colorant is a black colorant, which is an additive such as a pigment or dye that can be colored black.
  • the blackening agent include black pigments.
  • the black pigment carbon and titanium pigments are preferable.
  • the black pigment made of carbon is generally called carbon black. Titanium black is preferable as the titanium-based pigment. Further, carbon black and titanium black may be mixed and used.
  • the adhesive layer 2 further contains a blue agent in addition to the black agent.
  • the blue colorant is a blue colorant, which is an additive such as a pigment or dye that can be colored blue.
  • the blue agent include dyes such as anthraquinone and indigoid, phthalocyanine, ultramarine, ferric ferrocyanide, and pigments such as navy blue.
  • the phthalocyanine include copper phthalocyanine and metal-free phthalocyanine, and copper phthalocyanine is preferable. Is. Copper phthalocyanine is known as a blue pigment.
  • Cu element is detected when an analysis by a fluorescent X-ray analysis method (XRF) is performed from the outside of the laminate that constitutes the exterior material for the electricity storage device of the present disclosure.
  • a fluorescent X-ray analysis method XRF
  • XRF fluorescent X-ray analysis
  • the content of the colorant in the adhesive layer 2 is not particularly limited as long as the exterior material for an electricity storage device is colored black, and from the viewpoint of appropriate coloring, it is preferably about 0.5 mass% or more, more preferably about It is 1.0 mass% or more.
  • the content of the colorant in the adhesive layer 2 is preferably about 50.0% by mass or less, more preferably about 30.%, from the viewpoint of appropriately maintaining the adhesiveness between the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3. It is 0 mass% or less, more preferably 20.0 mass% or less.
  • the preferable range of the content of the colorant in the adhesive layer 2 is about 0.5 to 50.0% by mass, about 0.5 to 30.0% by mass, about 0.5 to 20.0% by mass, 1 It is about 0.0 to 50.0% by mass, about 1.0 to 30.0% by mass, and about 1.0 to 20.0% by mass.
  • the content of the black agent in the adhesive layer 2 is not particularly limited as long as the exterior material for an electricity storage device is colored in black, and is appropriately colored. From the viewpoint, it is preferably about 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably about 1.0% by mass or more. Further, from the viewpoint of appropriately maintaining the adhesiveness between the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3, the content of the black agent is preferably about 50.0 mass% or less, more preferably about 30.0 mass% or less. , And more preferably 20.0% by mass or less. The preferred range of the blackening agent is about 0.5 to 50.0% by mass, about 0.5 to 30.0% by mass, about 0.5 to 20.0% by mass, 1.0 to 50.
  • the content of the blue agent in the adhesive layer 2 is not particularly limited as long as the exterior material for the electricity storage device is colored black, and is, for example, 0.5 to 30.
  • the amount is about mass%, preferably 1 to 20 mass%.
  • the ratio of the black agent and the blue agent in the adhesive layer 2 is 100 parts by mass of the black agent, and the ratio of the blue agent is preferably about 0. 0.1 mass part or more, more preferably about 1 mass part or more, still more preferably about 10 mass part or more.
  • the ratio of the blue colorant is preferably about 150 parts by mass or less, more preferably about 100 parts by mass or less.
  • the preferred range of the ratio of the blue agent is about 0.1 to 150 parts by mass, about 0.1 to 100 parts by mass, about 1 to 150 parts by mass, about 1 to 100 parts by mass, and about 10 to 150 parts by mass. 10 to 100 parts by mass.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer 2 is not particularly limited as long as the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3 can be bonded, but is, for example, about 1 ⁇ m or more, about 2 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer 2 is, for example, about 10 ⁇ m or less and about 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the preferable range of the thickness of the adhesive layer 2 is about 1 to 10 ⁇ m, about 1 to 5 ⁇ m, about 2 to 10 ⁇ m, and about 2 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the colored layer 21 is a layer provided between the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3 as needed.
  • the coloring layer 21 may be provided on at least one of the base material layer 1 and the adhesive layer 2 and the adhesive layer 2 and the barrier layer 3. Further, the colored layer 21 may be provided outside the base material layer 1.
  • the exterior material for an electricity storage device can be suitably colored black.
  • the colored layer 21 may be a layer that is located outside the barrier layer 3 and that includes a blue colorant.
  • the colored layer 21 is colored black to form an exterior material for an electricity storage device having a black appearance, and a blue agent is added to the colored layer 21 to adjust the tint of the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device. Then, the above-mentioned distinctiveness can be improved. From the viewpoint of enhancing the distinctiveness, a blue agent is added to the coloring layer 21, and then the composition such as the type and content of the coloring agent contained in the coloring layer 21, the base material layer 1, and the like are provided as necessary.
  • the electricity storage device exterior By adjusting the composition of the layer located outside the barrier layer 3 such as the adhesive layer 2 and the surface coating layer 6 to be used, and further adjusting the aging conditions of the exterior material for the electricity storage device described later, the electricity storage device exterior The color of the material 10 can be adjusted.
  • the colored layer 21 can be formed, for example, by applying an ink containing a colorant to the surface of the base material layer 1 or the surface of the barrier layer 3.
  • a colorant such as pigments and dyes can be used as the colorant.
  • the colorant only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be mixed and used.
  • coloring agent contained in the coloring layer 21 are the same as those exemplified in the section of [Adhesive layer 2].
  • the content of the colorant in the colored layer 21 is not particularly limited as long as the exterior material for an electricity storage device is colored black, and from the viewpoint of appropriate coloring, preferably about 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably about 1% by mass. It is 0.0% by mass or more.
  • the content of the colorant in the colored layer 21 is preferably about 50.0% by mass or less, more preferably about 30.0% by mass or less, and further preferably 20.% from the viewpoint of appropriately forming the colored layer 21. It is 0 mass% or less.
  • the preferable range of the content of the colorant in the colored layer 21 is about 0.5 to 50.0% by mass, about 0.5 to 30.0% by mass, about 0.5 to 20.0% by mass, and 1. It may be about 0 to 50.0% by mass, 1.0 to 30.0% by mass, or 1.0 to 20.0% by mass.
  • the content of the black agent in the colored layer 21 is not particularly limited as long as the exterior material for an electricity storage device is colored black, and is preferably colored from the viewpoint of appropriate coloring. It is about 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably about 1.0% by mass or more.
  • the content of the blackening agent in the colored layer 21 is preferably about 50.0% by mass or less, more preferably about 30.0% by mass or less, and further preferably 20.% from the viewpoint of appropriately forming the colored layer 21. It is 0 mass% or less.
  • the preferable range of the content of the black agent in the colored layer 21 is about 0.5 to 50.0% by mass, about 0.5 to 30.0% by mass, about 0.5 to 20.0% by mass, Examples thereof include about 1.0 to 50.0% by mass, about 1.0 to 30.0% by mass, and about 1.0 to 20.0% by mass.
  • the content of the blue agent in the colored layer 21 is not particularly limited as long as the exterior material for the electricity storage device is colored black, and is, for example, 0.5 to 30% by mass. The amount is preferably about 1 to 20% by mass.
  • the ratio of the black agent and the blue agent in the colored layer 21 is preferably about 0.1 with the black agent being 100 parts by mass.
  • the amount is at least mass, more preferably at least about 1 part by mass, further preferably at least about 10 parts by mass.
  • the ratio of the blue colorant is preferably about 150 parts by mass or less, more preferably about 100 parts by mass or less.
  • the preferred range of the blue colorant is about 0.1 to 150 parts by mass, about 0.1 to 100 parts by mass, about 1 to 150 parts by mass, about 1 to 100 parts by mass, about 10 to 150 parts by mass, about 10 to It is about 100 parts by mass.
  • the barrier layer 3 is a layer that suppresses at least moisture from entering.
  • the barrier layer 3 examples include a metal foil having a barrier property, a vapor deposition film, a resin layer, and the like.
  • the vapor deposition film may be a metal vapor deposition film, an inorganic oxide vapor deposition film, a carbon-containing inorganic oxide vapor deposition film, or the like
  • the resin layer may be polyvinylidene chloride, polymers containing tetrachloroethylene (CTFE) as a main component or tetra- Examples thereof include polymers containing fluoroethylene (TFE) as a main component, polymers having a fluoroalkyl group, and fluorine-containing resins such as polymers having a fluoroalkyl unit as a main component, and ethylene vinyl alcohol copolymers.
  • CTFE tetrachloroethylene
  • barrier layer 3 a resin film provided with at least one of the vapor deposition film and the resin layer may be used.
  • a plurality of barrier layers 3 may be provided.
  • the barrier layer 3 preferably includes a layer made of a metal material. Specific examples of the metal material forming the barrier layer 3 include aluminum alloys, stainless steels, titanium steels, and steel plates. When used as metal foils, at least one of aluminum alloy foils and stainless steel foils is included. It is preferable.
  • the aluminum alloy foil is, from the viewpoint of improving the formability of the exterior material for an electricity storage device, more preferably a soft aluminum alloy foil composed of, for example, an annealed aluminum alloy, and the viewpoint of further improving the formability. Therefore, the aluminum alloy foil containing iron is preferable.
  • the content of iron is preferably 0.1 to 9.0 mass %, and more preferably 0.5 to 2.0 mass %. When the content of iron is 0.1% by mass or more, it is possible to obtain the outer casing material for an electricity storage device having more excellent moldability. When the iron content is 9.0 mass% or less, a more flexible outer packaging material for an electricity storage device can be obtained.
  • the soft aluminum alloy foil for example, an aluminum alloy having a composition specified by JIS H4160:1994 A8021H-O, JIS H4160:1994 A8079H-O, JIS H4000:2014 A8021P-O, or JIS H4000:2014 A8079P-O.
  • Foil can be mentioned. If necessary, silicon, magnesium, copper, manganese, etc. may be added.
  • the softening can be performed by annealing treatment or the like.
  • examples of the stainless steel foil include austenite-based, ferrite-based, austenite-ferrite-based, martensite-based, and precipitation hardening-based stainless steel foils. Further, from the viewpoint of providing an exterior material for an electricity storage device having excellent moldability, the stainless steel foil is preferably made of austenitic stainless steel.
  • SUS304, SUS301, SUS316L and the like are specific examples of the austenitic stainless steel forming the stainless steel foil, and among these, SUS304 is particularly preferable.
  • the thickness of the barrier layer 3 may at least exhibit a function as a barrier layer that suppresses the infiltration of moisture, and is, for example, about 9 to 200 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the barrier layer 3 is preferably about 85 ⁇ m or less, more preferably about 50 ⁇ m or less, further preferably about 40 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably about 35 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the barrier layer 3 is preferably about 10 ⁇ m or more, more preferably about 20 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably about 25 ⁇ m or more.
  • the preferred range of the thickness is about 10-85 ⁇ m, about 10-50 ⁇ m, about 10-40 ⁇ m, about 10-35 ⁇ m, about 20-85 ⁇ m, about 20-50 ⁇ m, about 20-40 ⁇ m, about 20-35 ⁇ m, about 25- Examples include about 85 ⁇ m, about 25 to 50 ⁇ m, about 25 to 40 ⁇ m, and about 25 to 35 ⁇ m.
  • the barrier layer 3 is made of an aluminum alloy foil, the above range is particularly preferable.
  • the thickness of the stainless steel foil is preferably about 60 ⁇ m or less, more preferably about 50 ⁇ m or less, further preferably about 40 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably about The thickness is 30 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably about 25 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the stainless steel foil is preferably about 10 ⁇ m or more, more preferably about 15 ⁇ m or more.
  • the preferred thickness range of the stainless steel foil is about 10 to 60 ⁇ m, about 10 to 50 ⁇ m, about 10 to 40 ⁇ m, about 10 to 30 ⁇ m, about 10 to 25 ⁇ m, about 15 to 60 ⁇ m, about 15 to 50 ⁇ m, The thickness is about 15 to 40 ⁇ m, about 15 to 30 ⁇ m, about 15 to 25 ⁇ m.
  • the barrier layer 3 when the barrier layer 3 is a metal foil, it is preferable to provide a corrosion-resistant film on at least the surface opposite to the base material layer in order to prevent dissolution and corrosion.
  • the barrier layer 3 may have a corrosion resistant film on both sides.
  • the corrosion-resistant coating means, for example, hydrothermal conversion treatment such as boehmite treatment, chemical conversion treatment, anodic oxidation treatment, plating treatment with nickel or chromium, and corrosion prevention treatment for coating a coating agent on the surface of the barrier layer.
  • a barrier layer having corrosion resistance As the treatment for forming the corrosion resistant film, one type may be performed, or two or more types may be combined. Further, not only one layer but also multiple layers can be formed.
  • the hydrothermal conversion treatment and the anodic oxidation treatment are treatments for dissolving the metal foil surface with a treatment agent to form a metal compound having excellent corrosion resistance. Note that these processes may be included in the definition of the chemical conversion process.
  • the barrier layer 3 has a corrosion resistant film, the barrier layer 3 includes the corrosion resistant film.
  • the corrosion-resistant coating is used to prevent delamination between the barrier layer (for example, aluminum alloy foil) and the base material layer during the formation of the exterior material for the electricity storage device, and by hydrogen fluoride generated by the reaction between the electrolyte and water. , Dissolution and corrosion of the surface of the barrier layer, especially when the barrier layer is an aluminum alloy foil, prevents the aluminum oxide present on the surface of the barrier layer from being dissolved and corroded, and the adhesiveness (wettability) of the surface of the barrier layer And the effect of preventing delamination between the base material layer and the barrier layer during heat sealing and preventing delamination between the base material layer and the barrier layer during molding.
  • the barrier layer for example, aluminum alloy foil
  • the corrosion-resistant coating is used to prevent delamination between the barrier layer (for example, aluminum alloy foil) and the base material layer during the formation of the exterior material for the electricity storage device, and by hydrogen fluoride generated by the reaction between the electrolyte and water.
  • Various types of corrosion-resistant films formed by chemical conversion treatment are known, and are mainly at least one of phosphates, chromates, fluorides, triazine thiol compounds, and rare earth oxides. And a corrosion-resistant film containing Examples of the chemical conversion treatment using a phosphate or chromate include chromate chromate treatment, chromate phosphoric acid treatment, phosphoric acid-chromate treatment, chromate treatment, and the like.
  • Examples of the compound include chromium nitrate, chromium fluoride, chromium sulfate, chromium acetate, chromium oxalate, chromium biphosphate, acetyl acetate chromate, chromium chloride, potassium chromium sulfate, and the like.
  • Examples of the phosphorus compound used for these treatments include sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate, ammonium phosphate, polyphosphoric acid and the like.
  • Examples of the chromate treatment include etching chromate treatment, electrolytic chromate treatment, and coating chromate treatment, and coating chromate treatment is preferable.
  • the surface of the barrier layer (for example, aluminum alloy foil) on the inner layer side is first subjected to a well-known method such as an alkali dipping method, an electrolytic cleaning method, an acid cleaning method, an electrolytic acid cleaning method, and an acid activation method.
  • a degreasing treatment is performed by a treatment method, and then a phosphate metal such as Cr (chromium) phosphate, Ti (titanium) phosphate, Zr (zirconium) phosphate, Zn (zinc) phosphate, etc. is applied to the degreased surface.
  • a treatment liquid such as water, alcohol solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, ether solvents can be used, and water is preferable.
  • Examples of the resin component used at this time include polymers such as phenolic resins and acrylic resins, and aminated phenolic polymers having repeating units represented by the following general formulas (1) to (4) are used. Examples include the chromate treatment used. In the aminated phenol polymer, the repeating units represented by the following general formulas (1) to (4) may be contained alone or in any combination of two or more. Good.
  • the acrylic resin should be polyacrylic acid, acrylic acid methacrylic acid ester copolymer, acrylic acid maleic acid copolymer, acrylic acid styrene copolymer, or derivatives of these sodium salts, ammonium salts, amine salts, etc. Is preferred.
  • polyacrylic acid means a polymer of acrylic acid.
  • the acrylic resin is also preferably a copolymer of acrylic acid and a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid anhydride, an ammonium salt of the copolymer of acrylic acid and a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid anhydride, a sodium salt, Alternatively, it is also preferably an amine salt. Only one type of acrylic resin may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
  • X represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an allyl group or a benzyl group.
  • R 1 and R 2 are the same or different and each represents a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, or a hydroxyalkyl group.
  • examples of the alkyl group represented by X, R 1 and R 2 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, Examples thereof include linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as tert-butyl group.
  • examples of the hydroxyalkyl group represented by X, R 1 and R 2 include, for example, hydroxymethyl group, 1-hydroxyethyl group, 2-hydroxyethyl group, 1-hydroxypropyl group, 2-hydroxypropyl group and 3-hydroxygroup.
  • An alkyl group is mentioned.
  • the alkyl group and the hydroxyalkyl group represented by X, R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different.
  • X is preferably a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group or a hydroxyalkyl group.
  • the number average molecular weight of the aminated phenol polymer having the repeating units represented by the general formulas (1) to (4) is, for example, preferably about 500 to 1,000,000, and more preferably about 1,000 to 20,000. More preferable.
  • the aminated phenol polymer is produced by, for example, polycondensing a phenol compound or a naphthol compound with formaldehyde to produce a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (3), and then formaldehyde. And an amine (R 1 R 2 NH) to introduce a functional group (—CH 2 NR 1 R 2 ) into the polymer obtained above.
  • the aminated phenol polymer is used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the corrosion resistant film is formed by a coating type corrosion prevention treatment in which a coating agent containing at least one selected from the group consisting of rare earth element oxide sols, anionic polymers and cationic polymers is applied.
  • a thin film is used.
  • the coating agent may further contain phosphoric acid or phosphate, and a cross-linking agent that cross-links the polymer.
  • fine particles of rare earth element oxide for example, particles having an average particle diameter of 100 nm or less
  • the rare earth element oxide include cerium oxide, yttrium oxide, neodymium oxide, and lanthanum oxide, and cerium oxide is preferable from the viewpoint of further improving the adhesion.
  • the rare earth element oxides contained in the corrosion resistant film may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • various solvents such as water, alcohol solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, ether solvents can be used, and water is preferable.
  • the cationic polymer include polyethyleneimine, an ionic polymer complex composed of a polymer having polyethyleneimine and a carboxylic acid, a primary amine-grafted acrylic resin obtained by graft-polymerizing a primary amine on an acrylic main skeleton, polyallylamine or a derivative thereof. , Aminated phenol and the like are preferable.
  • the anionic polymer is preferably poly(meth)acrylic acid or a salt thereof, or a copolymer containing (meth)acrylic acid or a salt thereof as a main component.
  • the crosslinking agent is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound having a functional group of any one of an isocyanate group, a glycidyl group, a carboxyl group and an oxazoline group, and a silane coupling agent.
  • the phosphoric acid or phosphate is preferably condensed phosphoric acid or condensed phosphate.
  • a dispersion of metal oxides such as aluminum oxide, titanium oxide, cerium oxide, and tin oxide or fine particles of barium sulfate in phosphoric acid is applied to the surface of the barrier layer.
  • metal oxides such as aluminum oxide, titanium oxide, cerium oxide, and tin oxide or fine particles of barium sulfate in phosphoric acid
  • examples include those formed by performing a baking treatment at a temperature of not less than °C.
  • the corrosion-resistant film may have a laminated structure in which at least one of a cationic polymer and an anionic polymer is further laminated, if necessary.
  • a cationic polymer and an anionic polymer include those mentioned above.
  • composition of the corrosion resistant film can be performed using, for example, time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry.
  • the amount of the corrosion resistant film formed on the surface of the barrier layer 3 in the chemical conversion treatment is not particularly limited, but for example, in the case of performing the coating type chromate treatment, a chromic acid compound per 1 m 2 of the surface of the barrier layer 3 is used.
  • a chromic acid compound per 1 m 2 of the surface of the barrier layer 3 is used.
  • the phosphorus compound is about 0.5 to 50 mg, preferably about 1.0 to 40 mg in terms of phosphorus, and aminated phenol polymer.
  • the thickness of the corrosion-resistant coating is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the cohesive strength of the coating and the adhesion with the barrier layer and the heat-fusible resin layer, it is preferably about 1 nm to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 nm to 100 nm. Degree, and more preferably about 1 nm to 50 nm.
  • the thickness of the corrosion resistant film can be measured by observation with a transmission electron microscope, or a combination of observation with a transmission electron microscope and energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy or electron beam energy loss spectroscopy.
  • At least one secondary ion consisting of Ce, P, and O for example, Ce 2 PO 4 + , CePO 4 ⁇ , etc. Species
  • a peak derived from a secondary ion composed of Cr, P, and O for example, at least one of CrPO 2 + , CrPO 4 ⁇
  • the chemical conversion treatment is carried out by applying a solution containing a compound used for forming a corrosion-resistant film to the surface of the barrier layer by a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a gravure coating method, an immersion method, or the like, and then applying the temperature of the barrier layer. Is carried out by heating so that the temperature becomes about 70 to 200°C.
  • the barrier layer may be subjected to a degreasing treatment by an alkali dipping method, an electrolytic cleaning method, an acid cleaning method, an electrolytic acid cleaning method, or the like before the barrier layer is subjected to the chemical conversion treatment.
  • an acid degreasing agent in which a fluorine-containing compound is dissolved in an inorganic acid for degreasing treatment, it is possible to form not only the degreasing effect of the metal foil but also a passive metal fluoride. In such cases, only degreasing treatment may be performed.
  • the heat-fusible resin layer 4 corresponds to the innermost layer, and the heat-fusible resin layers are heat-fused to each other during assembly of the electricity storage device to seal the electricity storage device element. It is a layer (sealant layer) that exerts.
  • the resin constituting the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is not particularly limited as long as it can be heat-fused, but a resin containing a polyolefin skeleton such as polyolefin or acid-modified polyolefin is preferable.
  • the fact that the resin constituting the heat-fusible resin layer 4 contains a polyolefin skeleton can be analyzed by, for example, infrared spectroscopy, gas chromatography mass spectrometry, or the like. Further, when the resin forming the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is analyzed by infrared spectroscopy, it is preferable that a peak derived from maleic anhydride is detected.
  • a peak derived from maleic acid is detected in the vicinity of the wave number of 1760 cm -1 and near the wave number 1780 cm -1.
  • the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is a layer composed of a maleic anhydride-modified polyolefin
  • a peak derived from maleic anhydride is detected when measured by infrared spectroscopy.
  • the degree of acid modification is low, the peak may be too small to be detected. In that case, it can be analyzed by nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy.
  • polystyrene resin examples include polyethylene such as low-density polyethylene, medium-density polyethylene, high-density polyethylene, and linear low-density polyethylene; ethylene- ⁇ olefin copolymers; homopolypropylene, polypropylene block copolymers (for example, propylene and Examples thereof include ethylene block copolymers) and polypropylene random copolymers (for example, random copolymers of propylene and ethylene); propylene- ⁇ -olefin copolymers; ethylene-butene-propylene terpolymers. Of these, polypropylene is preferred.
  • the polyolefin resin is a copolymer, it may be a block copolymer or a random copolymer. These polyolefin resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the polyolefin may be a cyclic polyolefin.
  • the cyclic polyolefin is a copolymer of an olefin and a cyclic monomer, and examples of the olefin which is a constituent monomer of the cyclic polyolefin include ethylene, propylene, 4-methyl-1-pentene, styrene, butadiene, isoprene and the like.
  • Acid-modified polyolefin is a polymer modified by block or graft polymerization of polyolefin with an acid component.
  • the acid-modified polyolefin the above polyolefin, a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing the above polyolefin with a polar molecule such as acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or a polymer such as a crosslinked polyolefin can be used.
  • the acid component used for the acid modification include carboxylic acids such as maleic acid, acrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, maleic anhydride, and itaconic anhydride, or anhydrides thereof.
  • the acid-modified polyolefin may be an acid-modified cyclic polyolefin.
  • the acid-modified cyclic polyolefin is a polymer obtained by copolymerizing part of the monomers constituting the cyclic polyolefin in place of the acid component, or by block-polymerizing or graft-polymerizing the acid component with respect to the cyclic polyolefin. is there.
  • the acid-modified cyclic polyolefin is the same as described above.
  • the acid component used for the acid modification is the same as the acid component used for the modification of the polyolefin.
  • Preferred acid-modified polyolefins include polyolefins modified with carboxylic acids or their anhydrides, polypropylene modified with carboxylic acids or their anhydrides, maleic anhydride-modified polyolefins, maleic anhydride-modified polypropylenes.
  • the heat-fusible resin layer 4 may be formed of one type of resin alone, or may be formed of a blend polymer in which two or more types of resins are combined. Furthermore, the heat-fusible resin layer 4 may be formed of only one layer, but may be formed of two or more layers of the same or different resin.
  • the heat-fusible resin layer 4 may contain a lubricant and the like, if necessary.
  • a lubricant When the heat-fusible resin layer 4 contains a lubricant, the formability of the exterior material for an electricity storage device can be improved.
  • the lubricant is not particularly limited, and a known lubricant can be used.
  • the lubricant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the lubricant is not particularly limited, but an amide lubricant is preferable. Specific examples of the lubricant include those exemplified for the base material layer 1. The lubricant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the lubricant is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of enhancing the moldability of the exterior material for an electricity storage device, it is preferably about 10 to 50 mg/m 2. And more preferably about 15 to 40 mg/m 2 .
  • the lubricant present on the surface of the heat-fusible resin layer 4 may be one in which the lubricant contained in the resin constituting the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is exuded, or the lubricant of the heat-fusible resin layer 4
  • the surface may be coated with a lubricant.
  • the thickness of the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is not particularly limited as long as the heat-fusible resin layers have a function of heat-sealing each other and sealing the electricity storage device element, but for example, about 100 ⁇ m or less, preferably The thickness is about 85 ⁇ m or less, more preferably about 15 to 85 ⁇ m. Note that, for example, when the thickness of the adhesive layer 5 described later is 10 ⁇ m or more, the thickness of the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is preferably about 85 ⁇ m or less, more preferably about 15 to 45 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is preferably about 20 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 35 to 85 ⁇ m. The degree can be mentioned.
  • the adhesive layer 5 is provided between the barrier layer 3 (or the corrosion resistant film (such as an acid resistant film)) and the heat-fusible resin layer 4 in order to firmly bond them. It is a layer provided as necessary.
  • the adhesive layer 5 is formed of a resin that can bond the barrier layer 3 and the heat-fusible resin layer 4 together.
  • the resin used for forming the adhesive layer 5 for example, the same resins as those exemplified for the adhesive layer 2 can be used.
  • the resin used for forming the adhesive layer 5 preferably contains a polyolefin skeleton, and examples thereof include the polyolefins and the acid-modified polyolefins described above as examples of the heat-fusible resin layer 4.
  • the fact that the resin constituting the adhesive layer 5 contains a polyolefin skeleton can be analyzed by, for example, infrared spectroscopy, gas chromatography mass spectrometry, etc., and the analysis method is not particularly limited.
  • a peak derived from maleic anhydride is detected.
  • a peak derived from maleic acid is detected in the vicinity of the wave number of 1760 cm -1 and near the wave number 1780 cm -1.
  • the peak may be too small to be detected. In that case, it can be analyzed by nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy.
  • the adhesive layer 5 preferably contains an acid-modified polyolefin.
  • an acid-modified polyolefin a polyolefin modified with a carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof, a polypropylene modified with a carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof, a maleic anhydride modified polyolefin, and a maleic anhydride modified polypropylene are particularly preferable.
  • the adhesive layer 5 is a resin composition containing an acid-modified polyolefin and a curing agent. It is more preferable that the cured product is.
  • the acid-modified polyolefin those mentioned above can be preferably exemplified.
  • the adhesive layer 5 is a cured product of a resin composition containing an acid-modified polyolefin and at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound having an isocyanate group, a compound having an oxazoline group, and a compound having an epoxy group. It is preferable that the cured product of the resin composition contains an acid-modified polyolefin and at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound having an isocyanate group and a compound having an epoxy group.
  • the adhesive layer 5 preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, polyester, and epoxy resin, and more preferably contains polyurethane and epoxy resin. As the polyester, for example, an amide ester resin is preferable.
  • the amide ester resin is generally produced by the reaction of a carboxyl group and an oxazoline group.
  • the adhesive layer 5 is more preferably a cured product of a resin composition containing at least one of these resins and the acid-modified polyolefin.
  • unreacted compounds such as a compound having an isocyanate group, a compound having an oxazoline group, and a curing agent such as an epoxy resin remain in the adhesive layer 5, the presence of the unreacted substance is determined by, for example, infrared spectroscopy, It can be confirmed by a method selected from Raman spectroscopy, time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (TOF-SIMS), and the like.
  • the adhesive layer 5 is at least selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, a heterocycle, a C ⁇ N bond, and a C—O—C bond. It is preferably a cured product of a resin composition containing one type of curing agent.
  • the curing agent having a heterocycle include a curing agent having an oxazoline group and a curing agent having an epoxy group.
  • examples of the curing agent having a C—O—C bond include a curing agent having an oxazoline group, a curing agent having an epoxy group, and polyurethane.
  • the fact that the adhesive layer 5 is a cured product of a resin composition containing these curing agents means, for example, gas chromatograph mass spectrometry (GCMS), infrared spectroscopy (IR), time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (TOF). -SIMS), X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) and the like.
  • GCMS gas chromatograph mass spectrometry
  • IR infrared spectroscopy
  • TOF time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry
  • -SIMS X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy
  • the compound having an isocyanate group is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of effectively enhancing the adhesiveness between the barrier layer 3 and the adhesive layer 5, a polyfunctional isocyanate compound is preferable.
  • the polyfunctional isocyanate compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having two or more isocyanate groups.
  • Specific examples of the polyfunctional isocyanate-based curing agent include pentane diisocyanate (PDI), isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), and polymerization or nurate thereof. And the like, and mixtures thereof and copolymers with other polymers. Moreover, an adduct body, a burette body, an isocyanurate body, etc. are mentioned.
  • the content of the compound having an isocyanate group in the adhesive layer 5 is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 50% by mass, and preferably 0.5 to 40% by mass in the resin composition constituting the adhesive layer 5. It is more preferable to be in the range. Thereby, the adhesiveness between the barrier layer 3 and the adhesive layer 5 can be effectively enhanced.
  • the compound having an oxazoline group is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having an oxazoline skeleton.
  • Specific examples of the compound having an oxazoline group include those having a polystyrene main chain and those having an acrylic main chain. Examples of commercially available products include Epocros series manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.
  • the ratio of the compound having an oxazoline group in the adhesive layer 5 is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 50% by mass, and in the range of 0.5 to 40% by mass in the resin composition constituting the adhesive layer 5. Is more preferable. Thereby, the adhesiveness between the barrier layer 3 and the adhesive layer 5 can be effectively enhanced.
  • Examples of compounds having an epoxy group include epoxy resins.
  • the epoxy resin is not particularly limited as long as it is a resin that can form a crosslinked structure by an epoxy group existing in the molecule, and a known epoxy resin can be used.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the epoxy resin is preferably about 50 to 2000, more preferably about 100 to 1000, and further preferably about 200 to 800.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the epoxy resin is a value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC), which is measured under the condition that polystyrene is used as a standard sample.
  • the epoxy resin examples include a glycidyl ether derivative of trimethylolpropane, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, modified bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, novolac glycidyl ether, glycerin polyglycidyl ether, and polyglycerin polyglycidyl ether.
  • the epoxy resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the proportion of the epoxy resin in the adhesive layer 5 is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 50% by mass, and in the range of 0.5 to 40% by mass in the resin composition constituting the adhesive layer 5. Is more preferable. Thereby, the adhesiveness between the barrier layer 3 and the adhesive layer 5 can be effectively enhanced.
  • the polyurethane is not particularly limited, and known polyurethane can be used.
  • the adhesive layer 5 may be, for example, a cured product of two-component curing type polyurethane.
  • the proportion of polyurethane in the adhesive layer 5 is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 50% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 40% by mass in the resin composition constituting the adhesive layer 5. More preferable. As a result, the adhesiveness between the barrier layer 3 and the adhesive layer 5 can be effectively increased in an atmosphere in which a component that induces corrosion of the barrier layer, such as an electrolytic solution, exists.
  • the adhesive layer 5 is a cured product of a resin composition containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound having an isocyanate group, a compound having an oxazoline group, and an epoxy resin, and the acid-modified polyolefin.
  • the acid-modified polyolefin functions as a main agent, and the compound having an isocyanate group, the compound having an oxazoline group, and the compound having an epoxy group each function as a curing agent.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer 5 is preferably about 50 ⁇ m or less, about 40 ⁇ m or less, about 30 ⁇ m or less, about 20 ⁇ m or less, about 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer 5 is preferably about 0.1 ⁇ m or more and about 0.5 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness range is preferably about 0.1 to 50 ⁇ m, about 0.1 to 40 ⁇ m, about 0.1 to 30 ⁇ m, about 0.1 to 20 ⁇ m, about 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m, about 0.5 to Examples include about 50 ⁇ m, about 0.5 to 40 ⁇ m, about 0.5 to 30 ⁇ m, about 0.5 to 20 ⁇ m, about 0.5 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the adhesive exemplified in the adhesive layer 2 or a cured product of an acid-modified polyolefin and a curing agent it is preferably about 1 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably about 1 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the resin exemplified in the heat-fusible resin layer 4 it is preferably about 2 to 50 ⁇ m, more preferably about 10 to 40 ⁇ m.
  • the adhesive layer 5 is a cured product of the adhesive exemplified in the adhesive layer 2 or a resin composition containing an acid-modified polyolefin and a curing agent, for example, the resin composition is applied and cured by heating or the like. As a result, the adhesive layer 5 can be formed.
  • the heat-fusible resin layer 4 and the adhesive layer 5 can be formed by extrusion molding, for example.
  • the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure is, if necessary, on the base material layer 1 (base material layer 1 for the purpose of at least one of improvement in designability, electrolytic solution resistance, scratch resistance, moldability, etc.).
  • the surface coating layer 6 may be provided on the side opposite to the barrier layer 3).
  • the surface coating layer 6 is a layer located on the outermost layer side of the exterior material for an electricity storage device when the electricity storage device is assembled using the exterior material for an electricity storage device.
  • the exterior material for an electricity storage device may be slightly blue and color unevenness may be visually recognized
  • the surface coating layer 6 is provided as the outermost layer of the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure
  • the surface coating is performed. Since the layer has an effect of diffusing light and suppressing gloss, there is an advantage that occurrence of color unevenness is suppressed and appearance uniformity is enhanced.
  • the outermost layer of the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure does not have the surface coating layer 6, the surface of the exterior material for an electricity storage device is high in gloss and scratches are easily noticeable, but the surface coating layer 6 is provided. In this case, since the surface coating layer has an effect of diffusing light and suppressing gloss, there is also an advantage that scratches are less noticeable.
  • the surface coating layer 6 is colored in black to form an exterior material for an electricity storage device having a black appearance, and then the above-mentioned blue agent is mixed to form a barrier. It may be a layer containing a blue colorant, which is located outside the layer 3.
  • the surface coating layer 6 is colored black to form an exterior material for an electricity storage device that has a black appearance, and then a blue agent is added to the surface coating layer 6 to give the tint of the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device. Can be adjusted to enhance the distinguishability described above.
  • the composition such as the type and content of the colorant contained in the surface coating layer 6, the base layer 1, and if necessary.
  • the composition such as the type and content of the colorant contained in the surface coating layer 6, the base layer 1, and if necessary.
  • the composition of the layer located outside the barrier layer 3 such as the adhesive layer 2 and the colored layer 21 provided as well as the aging condition of the exterior material for the electricity storage device described later.
  • the color of the exterior material 10 can be adjusted.
  • the surface coating layer 6 can be formed of a resin such as polyvinylidene chloride, polyester, polyurethane, acrylic resin, or epoxy resin.
  • the resin forming the surface coating layer 6 is a curable resin
  • the resin may be either a one-component curing type or a two-component curing type, but is preferably a two-component curing type.
  • the two-component curing type resin include two-component curing type polyurethane, two-component curing type polyester, and two-component curing type epoxy resin. Of these, two-component curing type polyurethane is preferable.
  • the two-component curing type polyurethane includes, for example, a polyurethane containing a base compound containing a polyol compound and a curing agent containing an isocyanate compound.
  • a polyurethane containing a base compound containing a polyol compound and a curing agent containing an isocyanate compound.
  • Preferred is a two-component curing type polyurethane having a polyol such as a polyester polyol, a polyether polyol and an acrylic polyol as a main component and an aromatic or aliphatic polyisocyanate as a curing agent.
  • the polyol compound it is preferable to use a polyester polyol having a hydroxyl group at the side chain in addition to the hydroxyl group at the terminal of the repeating unit.
  • Examples of the curing agent include aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic and araliphatic isocyanate compounds.
  • Examples of the isocyanate compound include hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI) xylylene diisocyanate (XDI), isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), hydrogenated XDI (H6XDI), hydrogenated MDI (H12MDI), tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), diphenylmethane diisocyanate ( MDI), naphthalene diisocyanate (NDI) and the like.
  • the polyfunctional isocyanate modified body etc. from 1 type or 2 types or more of these diisocyanates are mentioned.
  • a multimer for example, trimer
  • examples of such a multimer include an adduct body, a biuret body, and a nurate body. Since the surface coating layer 6 is made of polyurethane, excellent electrolytic solution resistance is imparted to the exterior material for an electricity storage device.
  • the surface coating layer 6 is provided on at least one of the surface and the inside of the surface coating layer 6 depending on the surface coating layer 6 and the functionality to be provided on the surface, and if necessary, the above-mentioned lubricant and colorant.
  • An anti-blocking agent, a matting agent, a flame retardant, an antioxidant, a tackifier, and an antistatic agent may be added.
  • the additive include fine particles having an average particle diameter of about 0.5 nm to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the average particle diameter of the additive is a median diameter measured by a laser diffraction/scattering type particle diameter distribution measuring device.
  • the additive may be an inorganic substance or an organic substance.
  • the shape of the additive is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include spherical shape, fibrous shape, plate shape, amorphous shape, and scale shape.
  • the additive include talc, silica, graphite, kaolin, montmorillonite, mica, hydrotalcite, silica gel, zeolite, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, aluminum oxide, neodymium oxide, antimony oxide.
  • Titanium oxide, cerium oxide, calcium sulfate, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, calcium silicate, lithium carbonate, calcium benzoate, calcium oxalate, magnesium stearate, alumina, carbon black, carbon nanotubes, high melting point nylon, acrylate resin examples include crosslinked acrylic, crosslinked styrene, crosslinked polyethylene, benzoguanamine, gold, aluminum, copper and nickel.
  • the additives may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • calcium carbonate is preferably used from the viewpoint of improving the distinguishability. Since calcium carbonate is bluish, it can be made more bluish by using it as an additive for the surface coating layer. Further, it is preferable to use silica and calcium carbonate mixed as an additive. By using silica as an additive for the surface coating layer, the reflected light can be easily diffused, and the outer appearance of the electricity storage device exterior can be made more bluish.
  • silica, barium sulfate and titanium oxide are preferable from the viewpoint of dispersion stability and cost. Further, the additive may be subjected to various surface treatments such as insulation treatment and high dispersibility treatment on the surface.
  • the surface coating layer 6 contains a coloring agent
  • known coloring agents such as pigments and dyes can be used.
  • the colorant only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be mixed and used. Specific examples of the colorant contained in the surface coating layer 6 are the same as those exemplified in the section of [Adhesive layer 2].
  • the preferable content of the colorant contained in the surface coating layer 6 is also the same as the content described in the section of [Adhesive layer 2].
  • the content of the black agent in the surface coating layer 6 is not particularly limited as long as the exterior material for an electricity storage device is colored black, and is, for example, 5 to 60% by mass.
  • the amount is preferably about 10 to 40% by mass.
  • the content of the blue agent in the surface coating layer 6 is not particularly limited as long as the exterior material for an electricity storage device is colored black, and is, for example, 0.5 to 30.
  • the amount is about mass%, preferably 1 to 20 mass%.
  • the ratio of the black agent and the blue agent in the surface coating layer 6 is preferably 100 parts by mass of the black agent, and the ratio of the blue agent is preferably. It is about 0.1 part by mass or more, more preferably about 1 part by mass or more, still more preferably about 10 parts by mass or more.
  • the ratio of the blue colorant is preferably about 150 parts by mass or less, more preferably about 100 parts by mass or less.
  • the preferred range of the blue colorant is about 0.1 to 150 parts by mass, about 0.1 to 100 parts by mass, about 1 to 150 parts by mass, about 1 to 100 parts by mass, about 10 to 150 parts by mass, 10 It is about 100 parts by mass.
  • the method of forming the surface coating layer 6 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of applying a resin forming the surface coating layer 6.
  • a resin mixed with the additive may be applied.
  • the thickness of the surface coating layer 6 is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits the above-mentioned functions as the surface coating layer 6, and is, for example, about 0.5 to 10 ⁇ m, preferably about 1 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the surface coating layer located outside the adhesive layer is preferably transparent or translucent.
  • the preparation method of the production method for an electricity storage device exterior material of the outer package for a power storage device, as long as the laminate exterior material for a power storage device formed by laminating the layers with the present invention are obtained is not particularly limited, at least, the substrate
  • the method includes a step of laminating the layer 1, the barrier layer 3, and the heat-fusible resin layer 4 in this order.
  • a method for manufacturing an exterior material for an electricity storage device according to the present disclosure is a method for producing an exterior material for an electricity storage device having a black appearance, and at least a base material layer and a barrier layer in order from the outside.
  • the method includes a step of obtaining a laminated body in which a heat-fusible resin layer is laminated, and the laminated body includes a layer containing a blue colorant outside the barrier layer.
  • laminated body A a laminated body in which the base material layer 1, the adhesive layer 2, and the barrier layer 3 are laminated in order
  • laminate A is formed by applying the adhesive used for forming the adhesive layer 2 on the base material layer 1 or the barrier layer 3 whose surface has been subjected to chemical conversion treatment, as required by the gravure coating method, It can be performed by a dry laminating method in which the barrier layer 3 or the base material layer 1 is laminated and the adhesive layer 2 is cured after coating and drying by a coating method such as a roll coating method.
  • the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is laminated on the barrier layer 3 of the laminate A.
  • the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is directly laminated on the barrier layer 3
  • the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is laminated on the barrier layer 3 of the laminate A by a method such as a thermal laminating method or an extrusion laminating method. do it.
  • the adhesive layer 5 is provided between the barrier layer 3 and the heat-fusible resin layer 4, for example, (1) the adhesive layer 5 and the heat-fusible resin layer are provided on the barrier layer 3 of the laminate A.
  • Method of laminating by extruding 4 (coextrusion laminating method, tandem laminating method), (2) Separately, a laminated body in which the adhesive layer 5 and the heat-fusible resin layer 4 are laminated is formed, and the laminated body A By a thermal lamination method, or by forming a laminated body in which the adhesive layer 5 is laminated on the barrier layer 3 of the laminated body A, and by using the thermal fusion bonding resin layer 4 and the thermal lamination method.
  • Method of Laminating (3) While pouring the melted adhesive layer 5 between the barrier layer 3 of the laminate A and the heat-fusible resin layer 4 which is formed into a sheet in advance, the adhesive layer 5 is interposed.
  • the laminate A and the heat-fusible resin layer 4 are laminated together (sandwich laminating method), (4) the barrier layer 3 of the laminate A is solution-coated with an adhesive for forming the adhesive layer 5, Examples thereof include a method of drying, a method of further baking, and a method of laminating the heat-fusible resin layer 4 formed in advance into a sheet on the adhesive layer 5.
  • the surface coating layer 6 When the surface coating layer 6 is provided, the surface coating layer 6 is laminated on the surface of the base material layer 1 opposite to the barrier layer 3.
  • the surface coating layer 6 can be formed, for example, by applying the above-mentioned resin forming the surface coating layer 6 to the surface of the base material layer 1.
  • the order of the step of laminating the barrier layer 3 on the surface of the base material layer 1 and the step of laminating the surface coating layer 6 on the surface of the base material layer 1 is not particularly limited.
  • the barrier layer 3 may be formed on the surface of the base material layer 1 opposite to the surface coating layer 6.
  • each layer constituting the laminate may be subjected to surface activation treatment such as corona treatment, blast treatment, oxidation treatment, or ozone treatment, if necessary, to improve processability. ..
  • surface activation treatment such as corona treatment, blast treatment, oxidation treatment, or ozone treatment, if necessary, to improve processability.
  • the printability of the ink on the surface of the base material layer 1 can be improved by performing corona treatment on the surface of the base material layer 1 opposite to the barrier layer 3.
  • the exterior material for an electricity storage device is subjected to an aging treatment after each layer is laminated.
  • the tint of the exterior material for an electricity storage device having a black appearance can be changed. Therefore, it is preferable to select the aging treatment condition for the purpose of adjusting the color.
  • adjustment items for the aging treatment conditions include a temperature rising rate, a heating temperature, a heating time, the presence or absence of pretreatment, and the temperature thereof.
  • the tint changes depending on the aging treatment conditions it is mentioned that the degree of aggregation of the colorant contained in the exterior material for the electricity storage device changes depending on the aging treatment conditions.
  • the exterior material for an electric storage device is used for a package for hermetically containing an electric storage device element such as a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and an electrolyte. That is, a power storage device can be obtained by accommodating a power storage device element including at least a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and an electrolyte in a package formed of the power storage device exterior material of the present disclosure.
  • an electricity storage device element including at least a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and an electrolyte is used in a state in which a metal terminal connected to each of the positive electrode and the negative electrode is projected to the outside in the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure.
  • a flange portion a region where the heat-fusible resin layers contact each other
  • heat-seal the heat-fusible resin layers of the flange portion to hermetically seal them.
  • the heat-fusible resin portion of the electricity storage device exterior material of the present disclosure is inside (a surface that contacts the electricity storage device element). ), and a package is formed.
  • the exterior material for an electricity storage device can be suitably used for an electricity storage device such as a battery (including a capacitor and a capacitor). Further, the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure may be used for either a primary battery or a secondary battery, but is preferably a secondary battery.
  • the type of secondary battery to which the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure is applied is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a lithium-ion battery, a lithium-ion polymer battery, an all-solid-state battery, a lead storage battery, a nickel-hydrogen storage battery, and a nickel-metal hydride storage battery.
  • lithium ion batteries and lithium ion polymer batteries can be cited as suitable targets to which the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure is applied.
  • Examples 1-5 and 10 and Comparative Example 1 A stretched nylon (ONy) film (thickness: 15 ⁇ m) was prepared as a base material layer.
  • An aluminum foil (JIS H4160:1994 A8021H-O (thickness 35 ⁇ m)) was prepared as a barrier layer.
  • the barrier layer and the base material layer are laminated by a dry lamination method using an adhesive (two-component urethane adhesive containing a colorant) described below, and then the base material layer is subjected to aging treatment.
  • a laminate of /adhesive layer/barrier layer was produced. Both sides of the aluminum foil are subjected to chemical conversion treatment.
  • the chemical conversion treatment of the aluminum foil is performed by roll-coating the both surfaces of the aluminum foil with a treatment liquid consisting of a phenol resin, a chromium fluoride compound, and phosphoric acid so that the coating amount of chromium is 10 mg/m 2 (dry mass). It was carried out by coating and baking.
  • maleic anhydride-modified polypropylene as an adhesive layer (thickness 20 ⁇ m) and random polypropylene as a heat-fusible resin layer (thickness 20 ⁇ m) were formed on the barrier layer of each laminate obtained above.
  • a resin composition containing silica particles (resin is a polyurethane resin formed from a mixture of a polyol compound and an isocyanate compound) is applied to the surface of the base material layer of the obtained laminate so as to have a thickness of 3 ⁇ m.
  • the surface coating layer (3 ⁇ m)/base material layer (thickness 15 ⁇ m)/adhesive layer (3 ⁇ m)/barrier layer (35 ⁇ m)/adhesion are formed in order from the outside.
  • a layered product (total thickness 96 ⁇ m) in which the layer (20 ⁇ m)/heat-fusible resin layer (20 ⁇ m) was layered was obtained.
  • Example 6 In Example 1, except that the surface coating layer was not formed, in the same manner as in Example 1, base material layer (thickness 15 ⁇ m)/adhesive layer (3 ⁇ m)/barrier layer (35 ⁇ m)/adhesive layer ( 20 ⁇ m)/heat-fusible resin layer (20 ⁇ m) was obtained to obtain a laminate (total thickness 93 ⁇ m).
  • Example 7 In Example 2, except that the surface coating layer was not formed, in the same manner as in Example 2, the base material layer (thickness 15 ⁇ m)/adhesive layer (3 ⁇ m)/barrier layer (35 ⁇ m)/adhesive layer ( 20 ⁇ m)/heat-fusible resin layer (20 ⁇ m) was obtained to obtain a laminate (total thickness 93 ⁇ m).
  • Example 8 In Example 3, except that the surface coating layer was not formed, in the same manner as in Example 3, the base material layer (thickness 15 ⁇ m)/adhesive layer (3 ⁇ m)/barrier layer (35 ⁇ m)/adhesive layer ( 20 ⁇ m)/heat-fusible resin layer (20 ⁇ m) was obtained to obtain a laminate (total thickness 93 ⁇ m).
  • Example 9-14 In Example 1, except that the surface coating layer was not formed and that the adhesives C4 to C8 described in Table 1 were used instead of the adhesive C1 as the adhesive used for forming the adhesive layer. Is a substrate layer (thickness 15 ⁇ m)/adhesive layer (3 ⁇ m)/barrier layer (35 ⁇ m)/adhesive layer (20 ⁇ m)/heat-fusible resin layer (20 ⁇ m) laminated in the same manner as in Example 1. A laminated body (total thickness 93 ⁇ m) was obtained.
  • Adhesive> The following adhesives were used for forming the adhesive layer between the base material layer and the barrier layer. Table 1 shows the types of adhesives used in each example and comparative example.
  • Adhesive B Two-component urethane adhesive (mixture of polyol compound and aromatic isocyanate compound) containing carbon black (secondary particle diameter 0.2 ⁇ m) as a blackening agent
  • Adhesive C1 Carbon black was used as a blackening agent.
  • Adhesive C2 Carbon black was used as a blackening agent.
  • Adhesive C3 Carbon black was used as a blackening agent.
  • the black colorant the same carbon black as the carbon black contained in the adhesive B was used.
  • the black colorant the same carbon black as the carbon black contained in the adhesive B was used.
  • the black colorant the same carbon black as the carbon black contained in the adhesive B was used.
  • the black colorant the same carbon black as the carbon black contained in the adhesive B was used.
  • the black colorant the same carbon black as the carbon black contained in the adhesive B was used.
  • ⁇ Aging treatment conditions The aging treatment conditions used for adjusting the color observed from the outside of the exterior material for the electricity storage device manufactured in each of the examples and comparative examples are as follows.
  • [Condition A] Let stand for 12 hours in an 80°C environment.
  • [Condition B] First, as step 1, it is left standing for 3 hours at room temperature (about 25° C.).
  • step 2 it is left standing in a 55° C. environment for 3 hours.
  • step 3 it is left standing in an environment of 80° C. for 12 hours.
  • [Condition C] Let stand for 3 days in an environment of 60°C to 100°C.
  • the outer packaging materials for electricity storage devices of Examples 1 to 14 are provided with a layer containing a blue colorant outside the barrier layer, and therefore, for electricity storage devices having a black appearance. It can be seen that the identification mark printed on the surface is excellent in the identification in the yellow room even though it is the exterior material.
  • the exterior materials for electricity storage devices of Examples 1 to 14 were excellent in the identification property of the identification mark printed on the surface not only in the yellow room but also in the room under the general fluorescent lamp. Further, it was possible to recognize that the exterior materials for electricity storage devices of Examples 1 to 14 had a black appearance in a room under a general fluorescent lamp without any problem.
  • Item 1 An exterior material for an electricity storage device, which has a black appearance,
  • the exterior material for an electricity storage device is, in order from the outside, composed of a laminate including at least a base material layer, a barrier layer, and a heat-fusible resin layer,
  • the exterior body for an electricity storage device, wherein the laminate includes a layer containing a blue colorant outside the barrier layer.
  • Item 2. Item 2. The outer casing material for an electricity storage device according to Item 1, wherein Cu element is detected when an analysis by a fluorescent X-ray analysis method is performed from the outside of the laminate.
  • An adhesive layer is provided between the base layer and the barrier layer, Item 3.
  • a colored layer is provided, Item 4.
  • a method of manufacturing an exterior material for an electricity storage device which has a black appearance, From the outside in order, at least, a base material layer, a barrier layer, and a step of obtaining a laminate in which a heat-fusible resin layer is laminated,
  • the said laminated body is a manufacturing method of the exterior material for electrical storage devices which has the layer containing a blue agent outside the said barrier layer.
  • Item 7 An electricity storage device, wherein an electricity storage device element including at least a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and an electrolyte is housed in a package formed of the exterior material for an electricity storage device according to any one of Items 1 to 5.

Landscapes

  • Sealing Battery Cases Or Jackets (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is an exterior material for a power storage device, which has an excellent ability to distinguish an identification mark printed on a surface in a yellow room, even when the exterior material has a black appearance. The exterior material for a power storage device having a black appearance is configured by a laminate including at least a base material layer, a barrier layer, and a thermally fusible resin layer in this order from the outside, wherein the laminate includes a layer containing a blue agent outside the barrier layer.

Description

蓄電デバイス用外装材、その製造方法、及び蓄電デバイスPower storage device exterior material, manufacturing method thereof, and power storage device
 本開示は、蓄電デバイス用外装材、その製造方法、及び蓄電デバイスに関する。 The present disclosure relates to an exterior material for an electricity storage device, a method for manufacturing the same, and an electricity storage device.
 従来、様々なタイプの蓄電デバイスが開発されているが、あらゆる蓄電デバイスにおいて、電極や電解質などの蓄電デバイス素子を封止するために外装材が不可欠な部材になっている。従来、蓄電デバイス用外装材として金属製の外装材が多用されていた。 Conventionally, various types of power storage devices have been developed, but in all power storage devices, an exterior material is an indispensable member for encapsulating power storage device elements such as electrodes and electrolytes. Conventionally, metal exterior materials have been widely used as exterior materials for power storage devices.
 一方、近年、電気自動車、ハイブリッド電気自動車、パソコン、カメラ、携帯電話などの高性能化に伴い、蓄電デバイスには、多様な形状が要求されると共に、薄型化や軽量化が求められている。しかしながら、従来多用されていた金属製の蓄電デバイス用外装材では、形状の多様化に追従することが困難であり、しかも軽量化にも限界があるという欠点がある。 On the other hand, in recent years, as electric vehicles, hybrid electric vehicles, personal computers, cameras, mobile phones, etc. have become more sophisticated, power storage devices are required to have various shapes, and thin and lightweight. However, it has been difficult to follow the diversification of the shape with the metal exterior material for the electricity storage device, which has been widely used in the past, and there is a limitation in weight reduction.
 そこで、近年、多様な形状に加工が容易で、薄型化や軽量化を実現し得る蓄電デバイス用外装材として、基材層/バリア層/熱融着性樹脂層が順次積層されたフィルム状の積層体が提案されている(例えば、特許文献1を参照)。 Therefore, in recent years, as a packaging material for an electricity storage device that can be easily processed into various shapes and can be made thin and lightweight, a film-like material in which a base material layer/barrier layer/heat-fusible resin layer is sequentially laminated A laminated body has been proposed (for example, see Patent Document 1).
 このような蓄電デバイス用外装材においては、一般的に、冷間成形により凹部が形成され、当該凹部によって形成された空間に電極や電解液などの蓄電デバイス素子を配し、熱融着性樹脂層を熱融着させることにより、蓄電デバイス用外装材の内部に蓄電デバイス素子が収容された蓄電デバイスが得られる。 In such an electric storage device exterior material, generally, a recess is formed by cold forming, and an electric storage device element such as an electrode or an electrolytic solution is arranged in a space formed by the recess, and a heat-fusible resin is used. By heat-sealing the layers, an electricity storage device in which an electricity storage device element is housed inside the exterior material for an electricity storage device is obtained.
特開2008-287971号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-287971 特開2015-166261号公報JP, 2005-166261, A
 例えば、リチウムイオン二次電池等の蓄電デバイスは、装着対象とする電気機器等の機器の外観と色彩を統一させるために、黒色に着色することが求められることがある(例えば、特許文献2を参照)。 For example, an electricity storage device such as a lithium-ion secondary battery may be required to be colored black in order to unify the appearance and color of a device such as an electric device to be mounted (see Patent Document 2, for example. reference).
 一方、蓄電デバイス用外装材を用いた蓄電デバイスの製造工程においては、蓄電デバイスの表面に、商品情報(例えば、ロットナンバーを表示した文字や数字や、バーコードや記号など)等の識別標識等が印刷されることがある。蓄電デバイスの表面に識別標識が付されることにより、例えば正規品と偽造品との区別を行うことができる。同様に、蓄電デバイス用外装材の製造工程においても、外側の表面に識別標識等が印刷されることがある。 On the other hand, in the manufacturing process of an electricity storage device using the exterior material for an electricity storage device, an identification mark such as product information (for example, letters or numbers indicating a lot number, a bar code or a symbol) is displayed on the surface of the electricity storage device. May be printed. By attaching the identification mark to the surface of the electricity storage device, for example, a genuine product and a counterfeit product can be distinguished from each other. Similarly, an identification mark or the like may be printed on the outer surface in the manufacturing process of the exterior material for an electricity storage device.
 ところが、本開示の発明者らが検討したところ、蓄電デバイスや蓄電デバイス用外装材の外観が黒色を呈するように着色すると、これらの製造工程などにおいて、印刷された識別標識等の識別性が低下するという新たな課題が見出された。 However, as a result of studies by the inventors of the present disclosure, when the electricity storage device or the exterior material for an electricity storage device is colored so as to have a black appearance, the distinguishability of a printed identification mark or the like is deteriorated in the manufacturing process thereof or the like. A new challenge was found.
 具体的には、蓄電デバイスや蓄電デバイス用外装材の製造工程においては、イエロールーム内等黄色の光源下で加工や検査が行われることがある。ところが、外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイスや蓄電デバイス用外装材に識別標識等を印刷し、イエロールーム内の黄色の光源下で加工や検査を行うと、識別標識の識別性が低下し、商品情報等を正確に読み取ることができない虞があるという問題が見出された。 Specifically, in the manufacturing process of electricity storage devices and exterior materials for electricity storage devices, processing and inspection may be performed under a yellow light source such as in a yellow room. However, if an identification sign or the like is printed on the electricity storage device or the exterior material for an electricity storage device that appears black in color and processed or inspected under the yellow light source in the yellow room, the identification of the identification mark deteriorates, resulting in product information. It was found that there is a possibility that it is not possible to accurately read the above.
 このような状況下、本開示は、外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材であるにもかかわらず、イエロールーム内やオレンジ~黄色のランプの光源下において、表面に印刷された識別標識の識別性に優れた蓄電デバイス用外装材を提供することを主な目的とする。 Under such circumstances, the present disclosure can identify the identification mark printed on the surface in the yellow room or under the light source of the orange to yellow lamp, even though it is the exterior material for the electricity storage device that exhibits a black appearance. The main object is to provide an exterior material for an electricity storage device having excellent properties.
 本開示の発明者らは、上記のような課題を解決すべく鋭意検討を行った。その結果、外側から順に、少なくとも、基材層、バリア層、及び熱融着性樹脂層を備える積層体から構成され、外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材において、バリア層よりも外側に、青色剤を含む層を設けることにより、黒色の中でも、とりわけ黄色の補色である青味の色相を呈する黒に調整することができ、イエロールーム内やオレンジ~黄色のランプの光源下において、表面に印刷された識別標識の識別性が高められることを見出した。 The inventors of the present disclosure have made earnest studies to solve the above problems. As a result, in order from the outside, at least a base material layer, a barrier layer, and a heat-fusible resin layer, which is composed of a laminated body, in the exterior material for an electricity storage device having a black appearance, outside the barrier layer, By providing a layer containing a blue colorant, it is possible to adjust to a black color exhibiting a bluish hue, which is a complementary color of yellow, among other black colors, and it is possible to adjust the surface in the yellow room or under the light source of an orange to yellow lamp. It has been found that the distinguishability of the printed identification mark is enhanced.
 本開示は、これらの知見に基づいて、更に検討を重ねることにより完成したものである。即ち、本開示は、下記に掲げる態様の発明を提供する。
 外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材であって、
 前記蓄電デバイス用外装材は、外側から順に、少なくとも、基材層、バリア層、及び熱融着性樹脂層を備える積層体から構成されており、
 前記積層体は、前記バリア層よりも外側に、青色剤を含む層を備えている、蓄電デバイス用外装材。
The present disclosure has been completed by further studies based on these findings. That is, the present disclosure provides the inventions of the aspects described below.
An exterior material for an electricity storage device, which has a black appearance,
The exterior material for an electricity storage device is, in order from the outside, composed of a laminate including at least a base material layer, a barrier layer, and a heat-fusible resin layer,
The exterior body for an electricity storage device, wherein the laminated body includes a layer containing a blue colorant outside the barrier layer.
 本開示によれば、外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材であるにもかかわらず、イエロールーム内やオレンジ~黄色のランプ(Naランプ)の光源下において、表面に印刷された識別標識の識別性に優れた蓄電デバイス用外装材を提供することができる。また、本開示によれば、当該蓄電デバイス用外装材の製造方法、及び当該蓄電デバイス用外装材を利用した蓄電デバイスを提供することもできる。 According to the present disclosure, the identification mark printed on the surface is identified in the yellow room or under the light source of the orange to yellow lamp (Na lamp) even though it is the exterior material for the electricity storage device that exhibits a black appearance. It is possible to provide an exterior material for an electricity storage device having excellent properties. Further, according to the present disclosure, it is also possible to provide a method for manufacturing the exterior material for an electricity storage device, and an electricity storage device using the exterior material for an electricity storage device.
本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材の断面構造の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional structure of a power storage device exterior material of the present disclosure. 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材の断面構造の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional structure of a power storage device exterior material of the present disclosure. 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材の断面構造の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional structure of a power storage device exterior material of the present disclosure. 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材の断面構造の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional structure of a power storage device exterior material of the present disclosure. 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材の断面構造の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional structure of a power storage device exterior material of the present disclosure. 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材の断面構造の一例を示す模式図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional structure of a power storage device exterior material of the present disclosure.
 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材は、外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材であって、蓄電デバイス用外装材は、外側から順に、少なくとも、基材層、バリア層、及び熱融着性樹脂層を備える積層体から構成されており、バリア層よりも外側に、青色剤を含む層を備えていることを特徴とする。本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材によれば、当該構成を備えていることにより、外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材であるにもかかわらず、イエロールーム内の光源下において、表面に印刷された識別標識の優れた識別性を発揮することができる。 The exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure is an exterior material for an electricity storage device that exhibits a black appearance, and the exterior material for an electricity storage device is, in order from the outside, at least a base material layer, a barrier layer, and a heat-fusible resin. It is composed of a laminated body including layers, and is characterized in that a layer containing a blue colorant is provided outside the barrier layer. According to the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure, by being provided with the configuration, the exterior material for an electricity storage device having a black appearance is printed on the surface under the light source in the yellow room. The excellent identification property of the identification mark can be exhibited.
 以下、本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材について詳述する。なお、本明細書において、「~」で示される数値範囲は「以上」、「以下」を意味する。例えば、2~15mmとの表記は、2mm以上15mm以下を意味する。 Hereinafter, the exterior material for the electricity storage device of the present disclosure will be described in detail. In the present specification, the numerical range indicated by “to” means “greater than or equal to” and “less than or equal to”. For example, the expression 2 to 15 mm means 2 mm or more and 15 mm or less.
 また、本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材において、「外観が黒色を呈する」とは、蓄電デバイス用外装材を外側から肉眼で観察した場合に、黒色であると認識されることを意味している。より具体的には、「外観が黒色を呈する」の「黒色」は、CIE1976 L***(CIELAB) 色度座標において、L*値が40以下であり、好ましくは35以下である。なお、L*値についても、SCI方式、視野10°及び光源F2の測定条件で、外側から測定された、反射光のL***色空間におけるものである。また、黒色は、L*値に加えて、さらに、a*値が、-20~+20であることが好ましく、-10~+10であることがより好ましい。本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材は、外観が黒色を呈することに加えて、さらにb*が-0.20以下であることを特徴としている。 Further, in the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure, “the appearance is black” means that the exterior material for an electricity storage device is recognized to be black when observed from the outside with the naked eye. .. More specifically, “black” in “the appearance is black” has an L * value of 40 or less, preferably 35 or less in CIE1976 L * a * b * (CIELAB) chromaticity coordinates. The L * value is also in the L * a * b * color space of the reflected light measured from the outside under the SCI method, the visual field of 10°, and the measurement conditions of the light source F2. In addition, in addition to the L * value, the a * value of black is preferably −20 to +20, and more preferably −10 to +10. The exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure is characterized in that it has a black appearance and further has b * of −0.20 or less.
 また、イエロールーム内とは、紫外線を含む500nm以下の波長の光がカットされた室内を意味しており、当該室内においては、光が黄色に視認される。イエロールームは、例えば半導体工場のクリーンルーム内で感光性物質が扱われるフォトリソグラフィ工程を行うために一般に設けられている。 Also, the inside of the yellow room means a room in which light with a wavelength of 500 nm or less including ultraviolet rays is cut, and the light is visually recognized as yellow in the room. The yellow room is generally provided for performing a photolithography process in which a photosensitive material is handled, for example, in a clean room of a semiconductor factory.
1.蓄電デバイス用外装材の積層構造と物性
 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材10は、例えば図1に示すように、外側から順に、基材層1、バリア層3、及び熱融着性樹脂層4を備える積層体から構成されている。蓄電デバイス用外装材10において、基材層1が最外層側になり、熱融着性樹脂層4は最内層になる。蓄電デバイス用外装材10と蓄電デバイス素子を用いて蓄電デバイスを組み立てる際に、蓄電デバイス用外装材10の熱融着性樹脂層4同士を対向させた状態で、周縁部を熱融着させることによって形成された空間に、蓄電デバイス素子が収容される。本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材10を構成する積層体において、バリア層3を規準とし、バリア層3よりも熱融着性樹脂層4側が内側であり、バリア層3よりも基材層1側が外側である。
1. Laminated Structure and Physical Properties of Exterior Material for Energy Storage Device The exterior material 10 for an energy storage device of the present disclosure is, for example, as shown in FIG. 1, a base material layer 1, a barrier layer 3, and a heat-fusible resin layer 4 in order from the outside. It is comprised from the laminated body provided with. In the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device, the base material layer 1 is the outermost layer side and the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is the innermost layer. When assembling a power storage device using the power storage device exterior material 10 and the power storage device element, the peripheral edges are heat-sealed with the heat-fusible resin layers 4 of the power storage device exterior material 10 facing each other. The electricity storage device element is housed in the space formed by. In the laminate constituting the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure, the barrier layer 3 is used as a standard, the heat-fusible resin layer 4 side is the inner side of the barrier layer 3, and the base material layer 1 side of the barrier layer 3 is the inner side. Outside.
 蓄電デバイス用外装材10は、例えば図2から図6に示すように、基材層1とバリア層3との間に、これらの層間の接着性を高めること(さらには、後述の通り、蓄電デバイス用外装材10を着色すること)などを目的として、必要に応じて接着剤層2を有していてもよい。また、例えば図3及び図4に示すように、基材層1とバリア層3との間に、蓄電デバイス用外装材10を着色することなどを目的として、必要に応じて着色層21を有していてもよい。また、例えば図5及び図6に示すように、バリア層3と熱融着性樹脂層4との間に、これらの層間の接着性を高めることなどを目的として、必要に応じて接着層5を有していてもよい。また、図6に示すように、基材層1の外側(熱融着性樹脂層4側とは反対側)には、必要に応じて表面被覆層6などが設けられていてもよい。 As shown in, for example, FIG. 2 to FIG. 6, the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device enhances the adhesiveness between the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3 (further, as will be described later, electricity storage is performed). The adhesive layer 2 may be provided as necessary for the purpose of, for example, coloring the device exterior material 10. Further, as shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, for example, a coloring layer 21 is provided between the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3 for the purpose of coloring the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device. You may have. Further, as shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6, for example, the adhesive layer 5 may be provided between the barrier layer 3 and the heat-fusible resin layer 4 for the purpose of improving the adhesiveness between these layers. May have. Further, as shown in FIG. 6, a surface coating layer 6 and the like may be provided on the outside of the base material layer 1 (on the side opposite to the heat-fusible resin layer 4 side), if necessary.
 蓄電デバイス用外装材10を構成する積層体の厚みとしては、特に制限されないが、コスト削減、エネルギー密度向上等の観点からは、好ましくは約180μm以下、約155μm以下、約120μm以下が挙げられる。また、蓄電デバイス用外装材10を構成する積層体の厚みとしては、蓄電デバイス素子を保護するという蓄電デバイス用外装材の機能を維持する観点からは、好ましくは約35μm以上、約45μm以上、約60μm以上が挙げられる。また、蓄電デバイス用外装材10を構成する積層体の厚みの好ましい範囲については、例えば、35~180μm程度、35~155μm程度、35~120μm程度、45~180μm程度、45~155μm程度、45~120μm程度、60~180μm程度、60~155μm程度、60~120μm程度が挙げられる。 The thickness of the laminate constituting the exterior material 10 for the electricity storage device is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of cost reduction, energy density improvement, etc., preferably about 180 μm or less, about 155 μm or less, about 120 μm or less. In addition, the thickness of the laminated body that constitutes the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device is preferably about 35 μm or more, about 45 μm or more, about 5 μm or more from the viewpoint of maintaining the function of the exterior material for an electricity storage device that protects the electricity storage device element. The thickness is 60 μm or more. In addition, the preferable range of the thickness of the laminate constituting the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device is, for example, about 35 to 180 μm, about 35 to 155 μm, about 35 to 120 μm, about 45 to 180 μm, about 45 to 155 μm, 45 to The thickness is about 120 μm, about 60 to 180 μm, about 60 to 155 μm, about 60 to 120 μm.
 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材10は、SCI方式、視野10°及び光源F2の測定条件で、外側から測定された、反射光のL***色空間におけるb*値が、-0.20以下であることが好ましい。当該b*値の上限がこのような特定の値に設定されていることにより、外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材において、黄色の補色である青味の色相を呈する黒に調整することができ、イエロールーム内や黄色の光源下において、表面に印刷された識別標識の優れた識別性が発揮される。 In the electricity storage device exterior material 10 of the present disclosure, the b * value in the L * a * b * color space of the reflected light measured from the outside under the SCI method, the visual field of 10°, and the measurement conditions of the light source F2 is −0. It is preferably less than or equal to 20. By setting the upper limit of the b * value to such a specific value, it is possible to adjust the exterior material for an electricity storage device having a black appearance to black having a bluish hue which is a complementary color of yellow. Therefore, in the yellow room or under the yellow light source, the excellent identification of the identification mark printed on the surface is exhibited.
 b*値としては、-0.20以下であることを限度として、特に制限されないが、識別性がさらに向上し、かつ、外観が黒色であることが好適に認識される観点から、好ましくは約-0.50以下、より好ましくは約-0.80以下が挙げられる。また同様の観点から、b*値としては、好ましくは約-5.00以上、より好ましくは約-4.00以上、さらに好ましくは約-2.00以上、さらに好ましくは約-1.50以上が挙げられる。b*値の好ましい範囲としては、-5.00~-0.20程度、-5.00~-0.50程度、-5.00~-0.80程度、-4.00~-0.20程度、-4.00~-0.50程度、-4.00~-0.80程度、-2.00~-0.20程度、-2.00~-0.50程度、-2.00~-0.80程度、-1.50~-0.20程度、-1.50~-0.50程度、-1.50~-0.80程度が挙げられる。これらの中でも、b*値は、特に-1.50~-0.80程度が好ましい。 The b * value is not particularly limited as long as it is −0.20 or less, but from the viewpoint that the distinctiveness is further improved and the appearance is black, it is preferably about -0.50 or less, more preferably about -0.80 or less. From the same viewpoint, the b * value is preferably about −5.00 or more, more preferably about −4.00 or more, further preferably about −2.00 or more, further preferably about −1.50 or more. Are listed. The preferable range of the b * value is about −5.00 to −0.20, about −5.00 to −0.50, about −5.00 to −0.80, and −4.00 to −0. About 20, about −4.00 to about −0.50, about −4.00 to −0.80, about −2.00 to −0.20, about −2.00 to −0.50, −2. Examples are about 00 to −0.80, about −1.50 to −0.20, about −1.50 to −0.50, and about −1.50 to −0.80. Among these, the b * value is particularly preferably about -1.50 to -0.80.
 また、本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材10は、SCI方式、視野10°及び光源F2の測定条件で、外側から測定された、反射光のL***色空間におけるa*値が、+0.20以下であることが好ましい。これにより、識別性がさらに向上し、かつ、外観が黒色であることが好適に認識される。 Further, the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure has an a * value in the L * a * b * color space of reflected light, which is measured from the outside under the measurement conditions of the SCI method, the field of view of 10°, and the light source F2. It is preferably +0.20 or less. Thereby, the distinctiveness is further improved, and it is suitably recognized that the appearance is black.
 a*値としては、識別性がさらに向上し、かつ、外観が黒色であることが好適に認識される観点から、より好ましくは約+0.10以下、さらに好ましくは+0.04以下、さらに好ましくは約+0.02以下、さらに好ましくは約0.00以下、さらに好ましくは約-0.01以下が挙げられる。また、a*値としては、好ましくは約-3.50以上、より好ましくは約-3.00以上、さらに好ましくは約-2.00以上、さらに好ましくは約-0.50以上、さらに好ましくは約-0.30以上、さらに好ましくは約-0.15以上、さらに好ましくは約-0.10以上が挙げられる。また、a*値の好ましい範囲としては、-3.50~+0.20程度、-3.50~+0.10程度、-3.50~+0.04程度、-3.50~+0.02程度、-3.50~0.00程度、-3.50~-0.01程度、-3.00~+0.20程度、-3.00~+0.10程度、-3.00~+0.04程度、-3.00~+0.02程度、-3.00~0.00程度、-3.00~-0.01程度、-2.00~+0.20程度、-2.00~+0.10程度、-2.00~+0.04程度、-2.00~+0.02程度、-2.00~0.00程度、-2.00~-0.01程度、-0.50~+0.20程度、-0.50~+0.10程度、-0.50~+0.04程度、-0.50~+0.02程度、-0.50~0.00程度、-0.50~-0.01程度、-0.30~+0.20程度、-0.30~+0.10程度、-0.30~+0.04程度、-0.30~+0.02程度、-0.30~0.00程度、-0.30~-0.01程度、-0.15~+0.20程度、-0.15~+0.10程度、-0.15~+0.04程度、-0.15~+0.02程度、-0.15~0.00程度、-0.15~-0.01程度、-0.10~+0.20程度、-0.10~+0.10程度、-0.10~+0.04程度、-0.10~+0.02程度、-0.10~0.00程度、-0.10~-0.01程度が挙げられる。これらの中でも、a*値は、特に、-0.30~-0.01程度、-0.10~-0.01程度が好ましい。 The a * value is more preferably about +0.10 or less, further preferably +0.04 or less, and further preferably from the viewpoint that the distinctiveness is further improved and that the appearance is suitably recognized as black. It is about +0.02 or less, more preferably about 0.00 or less, and further preferably about -0.01 or less. The a * value is preferably about −3.50 or more, more preferably about −3.00 or more, further preferably about −2.00 or more, further preferably about −0.50 or more, further preferably It is preferably about -0.30 or more, more preferably about -0.15 or more, still more preferably about -0.10 or more. Further, the preferable range of the a * value is about −3.50 to +0.20, −3.50 to +0.10, −3.50 to +0.04, −3.50 to +0.02. , -3.50 to 0.00, -3.50 to -0.01, -3.00 to +0.20, -3.00 to +0.10, -3.00 to +0.04 , -3.00 to +0.02, -3.00 to 0.00, -3.00 to -0.01, -2.00 to +0.20, -2.00 to +0. Approximately 10; -2.00 to +0.04; -2.00 to +0.02; -2.00 to 0.00; -2.00 to -0.01; -0.50 to +0 .20, -0.50 to +0.10, -0.50 to +0.04, -0.50 to +0.02, -0.50 to 0.00, -0.50 to- About 0.01, about -0.30 to +0.20, about -0.30 to +0.10, about -0.30 to +0.04, about -0.30 to +0.02, about -0.30 0.00, -0.30 to -0.01, -0.15 to +0.20, -0.15 to +0.10, -0.15 to +0.04, -0.15 To about +0.02, about −0.15 to about 0.00, about −0.15 to −0.01, about −0.10 to +0.20, about −0.10 to +0.10, −0. Examples thereof include about 10 to +0.04, about −0.10 to +0.02, about −0.10 to 0.00, and about −0.10 to −0.01. Among them, the a * value is preferably about −0.30 to −0.01, and about −0.10 to −0.01.
 また、本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材10は、SCI方式、視野10°及び光源F2の測定条件で、外側から測定された、反射光のL***色空間におけるL*値が、35.0以下であることが好ましい。これにより、識別性がさらに向上し、かつ、外観が黒色であることが好適に認識される。 Further, the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure has an L * value in the L * a * b * color space of reflected light, which is measured from the outside, under the SCI method, the field of view of 10°, and the measurement conditions of the light source F2. It is preferably 35.0 or less. Thereby, the distinctiveness is further improved, and it is suitably recognized that the appearance is black.
 L*値としては、識別性がさらに向上し、かつ、外観が黒色であることが好適に認識される観点から、より好ましくは約33.0以下、より好ましくは約30.0以下、さらに好ましくは約28.0以下が挙げられる。また、L*値としては、好ましくは約25.0以上、より好ましくは約26.0以上が挙げられる。また、L*値の好ましい範囲としては、25.0~35.0程度、25.0~33.0程度、25.0~30.0程度、25.0~28.0程度、26.0~35.0程度、26.0~33.0程度、26.0~30.0程度、26.0~28.0程度が挙げられる。これらの中でも、L*値は、特に、25.0~30.0程度、26.0~30.0程度、さらには26.0~29.0程度、さらには26.0~28.0程度が好ましい。 The L * value is more preferably about 33.0 or less, more preferably about 30.0 or less, and further preferably from the viewpoint that the distinctiveness is further improved and that the appearance is preferably black. Is about 28.0 or less. Further, the L * value is preferably about 25.0 or more, more preferably about 26.0 or more. The preferable range of the L * value is about 25.0 to 35.0, about 25.0 to 33.0, about 25.0 to 30.0, about 25.0 to 28.0, and about 26.0. ˜35.0, 26.0 to 33.0, 26.0 to 30.0, 26.0 to 28.0. Among these, the L * value is particularly about 25.0 to 30.0, about 26.0 to 30.0, further about 26.0 to 29.0, and further about 26.0 to 28.0. Is preferred.
<L*値、a*値及びb*値の測定>
 本開示において、L*値、a*値及びb*値の値は、以下の方法により測定された値である。蓄電デバイス用外装材について、白色校正キャップ(例えば、CM-A177:コニカミノルタ製)で校正した分光測色計(例えば、コニカミノルタ社製CM-700d)の観察条件を10°、観察光源をF2、CSIモードに設定(JIS Z8722-2009)し、外側(基材層側)表面のL*、a*、b*の測定を常温常湿下にて行う。測定は各サンプル3点測定し、その平均値を測定値とする。
<Measurement of L * value, a * value and b * value>
In the present disclosure, the values of L * value, a * value and b * value are values measured by the following method. Regarding the exterior material for the electricity storage device, the observation condition of the spectrocolorimeter (for example, CM-700d manufactured by Konica Minolta) calibrated with a white calibration cap (for example, CM-A177: manufactured by Konica Minolta) is 10°, and the observation light source is F2. , CSI mode (JIS Z8722-2009), and the L * , a * , and b * of the outer (base material layer side) surface are measured at room temperature and normal humidity. For measurement, each sample is measured at three points, and the average value is used as the measured value.
 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材、及びこれを用いた蓄電デバイスにおいて、印刷される識別標識としては、例えば、ロットナンバーを表示した文字や数字や、バーコードや記号等が挙げられる。また、当該識別標識の印刷に使用されるインクの色(すなわち、識別標識の色)は、黒色の外観を有する本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材において、識別性に優れることから、白色が好ましい。 In the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure and the electricity storage device using the same, the identification mark to be printed includes, for example, letters or numbers displaying a lot number, a bar code or a symbol. In addition, the color of the ink used for printing the identification mark (that is, the color of the identification mark) is preferably white, because the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure having a black appearance is excellent in identification.
2.蓄電デバイス用外装材を形成する各層
[基材層1]
 本開示において、基材層1は、蓄電デバイス用外装材の基材としての機能を発揮させることなどを目的として設けられる層である。基材層1は、蓄電デバイス用外装材の外層側に位置する。
2. Each layer forming the exterior material for a power storage device [base material layer 1]
In the present disclosure, the base material layer 1 is a layer provided for the purpose of exerting a function as a base material of the exterior material for an electricity storage device. The base material layer 1 is located on the outer layer side of the exterior material for an electricity storage device.
 基材層1を形成する素材については、基材としての機能、すなわち少なくとも絶縁性を備えるものであることを限度として特に制限されない。基材層1は、例えば樹脂を用いて形成することができ、樹脂には後述の添加剤が含まれていてもよい。例えば、基材層に添加剤や後述する着色剤を配合することによって、蓄電デバイス用外装材10の色味(微細な色合い)を調整することもできる。 The material forming the base material layer 1 is not particularly limited as long as it has a function as a base material, that is, at least an insulating property. The base material layer 1 can be formed by using, for example, a resin, and the resin may contain an additive described below. For example, the tint (fine color tone) of the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device can be adjusted by adding an additive or a colorant described later to the base material layer.
 基材層1が樹脂により形成されている場合、基材層1は、例えば、樹脂により形成された樹脂フィルムであってもよいし、樹脂を塗布して形成したものであってもよい。樹脂フィルムは、未延伸フィルムであってもよいし、延伸フィルムであってもよい。延伸フィルムとしては、一軸延伸フィルム、二軸延伸フィルムが挙げられ、二軸延伸フィルムが好ましい。二軸延伸フィルムを形成する延伸方法としては、例えば、逐次二軸延伸法、インフレーション法、同時二軸延伸法等が挙げられる。樹脂を塗布する方法としては、ロールコーティング法、グラビアコーティング法、押出コーティング法などがあげられる。 When the base material layer 1 is made of resin, the base material layer 1 may be, for example, a resin film made of resin, or may be formed by applying resin. The resin film may be an unstretched film or a stretched film. Examples of the stretched film include a uniaxially stretched film and a biaxially stretched film, and a biaxially stretched film is preferable. Examples of the stretching method for forming the biaxially stretched film include a sequential biaxial stretching method, an inflation method and a simultaneous biaxial stretching method. Examples of the method for applying the resin include a roll coating method, a gravure coating method and an extrusion coating method.
 基材層1を形成する樹脂としては、例えば、ポリエステル、ポリアミド、ポリオレフィン、エポキシ樹脂、アクリル樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリウレタン、珪素樹脂、フェノール樹脂などの樹脂や、これらの樹脂の変性物が挙げられる。また、基材層1を形成する樹脂は、これらの樹脂の共重合物であってもよいし、共重合物の変性物であってもよい。さらに、これらの樹脂の混合物であってもよい。 Examples of the resin forming the base material layer 1 include resins such as polyester, polyamide, polyolefin, epoxy resin, acrylic resin, fluororesin, polyurethane, silicon resin, and phenol resin, and modified products of these resins. The resin forming the base material layer 1 may be a copolymer of these resins or a modified product of the copolymer. Further, it may be a mixture of these resins.
 基材層1を形成する樹脂としては、これらの中でも、好ましくはポリエステル、ポリアミドが挙げられる。 Among these, the resin forming the base material layer 1 is preferably polyester or polyamide.
 ポリエステルとしては、具体的には、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリブチレンナフタレート、ポリエチレンイソフタレート、共重合ポリエステル等が挙げられる。また、共重合ポリエステルとしては、エチレンテレフタレートを繰り返し単位の主体とした共重合ポリエステル等が挙げられる。具体的には、エチレンテレフタレートを繰り返し単位の主体としてエチレンイソフタレートと重合する共重合体ポリエステル(以下、ポリエチレン(テレフタレート/イソフタレート)にならって略す)、ポリエチレン(テレフタレート/アジペート)、ポリエチレン(テレフタレート/ナトリウムスルホイソフタレート)、ポリエチレン(テレフタレート/ナトリウムイソフタレート)、ポリエチレン(テレフタレート/フェニル-ジカルボキシレート)、ポリエチレン(テレフタレート/デカンジカルボキシレート)等が挙げられる。これらのポリエステルは、1種単独で使用してもよく、また2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 Specific examples of the polyester include polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene naphthalate, polyethylene isophthalate, and copolyester. Examples of the copolyester include a copolyester having ethylene terephthalate as a main repeating unit. Specifically, a copolymer polyester (hereinafter abbreviated to polyethylene (terephthalate/isophthalate)) in which ethylene terephthalate is a main repeating unit and is polymerized with ethylene isophthalate, polyethylene (terephthalate/adipate), polyethylene (terephthalate/ Sodium sulfoisophthalate), polyethylene (terephthalate/sodium isophthalate), polyethylene (terephthalate/phenyl-dicarboxylate), polyethylene (terephthalate/decanedicarboxylate), and the like. These polyesters may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 また、ポリアミドとしては、具体的には、ナイロン6、ナイロン66、ナイロン610、ナイロン12、ナイロン46、ナイロン6とナイロン66との共重合体等の脂肪族ポリアミド;テレフタル酸及び/又はイソフタル酸に由来する構成単位を含むナイロン6I、ナイロン6T、ナイロン6IT、ナイロン6I6T(Iはイソフタル酸、Tはテレフタル酸を表す)等のヘキサメチレンジアミン-イソフタル酸-テレフタル酸共重合ポリアミド、ポリアミドMXD6(ポリメタキシリレンアジパミド)等の芳香族を含むポリアミド;ポリアミドPACM6(ポリビス(4‐アミノシクロヘキシル)メタンアジパミド)等の脂環式ポリアミド;さらにラクタム成分や、4,4’-ジフェニルメタン-ジイソシアネート等のイソシアネート成分を共重合させたポリアミド、共重合ポリアミドとポリエステルやポリアルキレンエーテルグリコールとの共重合体であるポリエステルアミド共重合体やポリエーテルエステルアミド共重合体;これらの共重合体等のポリアミドが挙げられる。これらのポリアミドは、1種単独で使用してもよく、また2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 Specific examples of polyamides include aliphatic polyamides such as nylon 6, nylon 66, nylon 610, nylon 12, nylon 46, and copolymers of nylon 6 and nylon 66; terephthalic acid and/or isophthalic acid. Hexamethylenediamine-isophthalic acid-terephthalic acid copolyamides such as nylon 6I, nylon 6T, nylon 6IT, nylon 6I6T (I represents isophthalic acid, T represents terephthalic acid) containing a constitutional unit derived therefrom, polyamide MXD6 (polymeta Polyamides containing aromatics such as silylene adipamide; alicyclic polyamides such as polyamide PACM6 (polybis(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane adipamide); further lactam components and isocyanate components such as 4,4′-diphenylmethane-diisocyanate Examples thereof include copolymerized polyamides, polyesteramide copolymers and polyetheresteramide copolymers that are copolymers of copolymerized polyamides and polyesters and polyalkylene ether glycols; and polyamides such as these copolymers. These polyamides may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 基材層1は、ポリエステルフィルム、ポリアミドフィルム、及びポリオレフィンフィルムのうち少なくとも1つを含むことが好ましく、延伸ポリエステルフィルム、及び延伸ポリアミドフィルム、及び延伸ポリオレフィンフィルムのうち少なくとも1つを含むことが好ましく、延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム、延伸ポリブチレンテレフタレートフィルム、延伸ナイロンフィルム、延伸ポリプロピレンフィルムのうち少なくとも1つを含むことがさらに好ましく、二軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム、二軸延伸ポリブチレンテレフタレートフィルム、二軸延伸ナイロンフィルム、二軸延伸ポリプロピレンフィルムのうち少なくとも1つを含むことがさらに好ましい。 The base material layer 1 preferably contains at least one of a polyester film, a polyamide film, and a polyolefin film, and preferably contains at least one of a stretched polyester film, a stretched polyamide film, and a stretched polyolefin film, It is more preferable to include at least one of a stretched polyethylene terephthalate film, a stretched polybutylene terephthalate film, a stretched nylon film, and a stretched polypropylene film. A biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film, a biaxially stretched polybutylene terephthalate film, a biaxially stretched nylon film. More preferably, at least one of the biaxially oriented polypropylene films is included.
 基材層1は、単層であってもよいし、2層以上により構成されていてもよい。基材層1が2層以上により構成されている場合、基材層1は、樹脂フィルムを接着剤などで積層させた積層体であってもよいし、樹脂を共押出しして2層以上とした樹脂フィルムの積層体であってもよい。また、樹脂を共押出しして2層以上とした樹脂フィルムの積層体を、未延伸のまま基材層1としてもよいし、一軸延伸または二軸延伸して基材層1としてもよい。 The base material layer 1 may be a single layer or may be composed of two or more layers. When the base material layer 1 is composed of two or more layers, the base material layer 1 may be a laminate in which a resin film is laminated with an adhesive or the like, or a resin is coextruded into two or more layers. It may be a laminate of the above resin films. Further, the resin film laminate obtained by coextruding the resin into two or more layers may be the unstretched base material layer 1 or may be uniaxially or biaxially stretched to form the base material layer 1.
 基材層1において、2層以上の樹脂フィルムの積層体の具体例としては、ポリエステルフィルムとナイロンフィルムとの積層体、2層以上のナイロンフィルムの積層体、2層以上のポリエステルフィルムの積層体などが挙げられ、好ましくは、延伸ナイロンフィルムと延伸ポリエステルフィルムとの積層体、2層以上の延伸ナイロンフィルムの積層体、2層以上の延伸ポリエステルフィルムの積層体が好ましい。例えば、基材層1が2層の樹脂フィルムの積層体である場合、ポリエステル樹脂フィルムとポリエステル樹脂フィルムの積層体、ポリアミド樹脂フィルムとポリアミド樹脂フィルムの積層体、またはポリエステル樹脂フィルムとポリアミド樹脂フィルムの積層体が好ましく、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムとポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムの積層体、ナイロンフィルムとナイロンフィルムの積層体、またはポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムとナイロンフィルムの積層体がより好ましい。また、ポリエステル樹脂は、例えば電解液が表面に付着した際に変色し難いことなどから、基材層1が2層以上の樹脂フィルムの積層体である場合、ポリエステル樹脂フィルムが基材層1の最外層に位置することが好ましい。 Specific examples of the laminate of two or more resin films in the base material layer 1 include a laminate of a polyester film and a nylon film, a laminate of two or more nylon films, a laminate of two or more polyester films. And the like, and preferably a laminate of a stretched nylon film and a stretched polyester film, a laminate of two or more stretched nylon films, and a laminate of two or more stretched polyester films. For example, when the base material layer 1 is a laminate of two resin films, a laminate of a polyester resin film and a polyester resin film, a laminate of a polyamide resin film and a polyamide resin film, or a laminate of a polyester resin film and a polyamide resin film. A laminated body is preferable, and a laminated body of a polyethylene terephthalate film and a polyethylene terephthalate film, a laminated body of a nylon film and a nylon film, or a laminated body of a polyethylene terephthalate film and a nylon film is more preferable. In addition, since the polyester resin is unlikely to discolor when an electrolytic solution adheres to the surface, when the base material layer 1 is a laminate of two or more resin films, the polyester resin film is It is preferably located in the outermost layer.
 基材層1が、2層以上の樹脂フィルムの積層体である場合、2層以上の樹脂フィルムは、接着剤を介して積層させてもよい。好ましい接着剤については、後述の接着剤層2で例示する接着剤と同様のものが挙げられる。なお、2層以上の樹脂フィルムを積層させる方法としては、特に制限されず、公知方法が採用でき、例えばドライラミネート法、サンドイッチラミネート法、押出ラミネート法、サーマルラミネート法などが挙げられ、好ましくはドライラミネート法が挙げられる。ドライラミネート法により積層させる場合には、接着剤としてポリウレタン接着剤を用いることが好ましい。このとき、接着剤の厚みとしては、例えば2~5μm程度が挙げられる。また、樹脂フィルムにアンカーコート層を形成し積層させても良い。アンカーコート層は、後述の接着剤層2で例示する接着剤と同様のものがあげられる。このとき、アンカーコート層の厚みとしては、例えば0.01から1.0μm程度が挙げられる。 When the base material layer 1 is a laminate of two or more resin films, the two or more resin films may be laminated via an adhesive. Examples of preferable adhesives include the same adhesives as those exemplified for the adhesive layer 2 described later. The method for laminating the two or more resin films is not particularly limited, and known methods can be employed, and examples thereof include a dry laminating method, a sandwich laminating method, an extrusion laminating method, a thermal laminating method, and the like. A laminating method can be mentioned. When laminating by a dry laminating method, it is preferable to use a polyurethane adhesive as the adhesive. At this time, the thickness of the adhesive is, for example, about 2 to 5 μm. Further, an anchor coat layer may be formed on the resin film and laminated. The anchor coat layer may be the same as the adhesive exemplified in the adhesive layer 2 described later. At this time, the thickness of the anchor coat layer is, for example, about 0.01 to 1.0 μm.
 また、基材層1の表面及び内部の少なくとも一方には、滑剤、難燃剤、アンチブロッキング剤、酸化防止剤、光安定剤、粘着付与剤、耐電防止剤等の添加剤が存在していてもよい。添加剤は、1種類のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。 Further, even if additives such as a lubricant, a flame retardant, an antiblocking agent, an antioxidant, a light stabilizer, a tackifier, and an antistatic agent are present on at least one of the surface and the inside of the base material layer 1. Good. As the additive, only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be mixed and used.
 本開示において、蓄電デバイス用外装材の成形性を高める観点からは、基材層1の表面には、滑剤が存在していることが好ましい。滑剤としては、特に制限されないが、好ましくはアミド系滑剤が挙げられる。アミド系滑剤の具体例としては、例えば、飽和脂肪酸アミド、不飽和脂肪酸アミド、置換アミド、メチロールアミド、飽和脂肪酸ビスアミド、不飽和脂肪酸ビスアミド、脂肪酸エステルアミド、芳香族ビスアミドなどが挙げられる。飽和脂肪酸アミドの具体例としては、ラウリン酸アミド、パルミチン酸アミド、ステアリン酸アミド、ベヘン酸アミド、ヒドロキシステアリン酸アミドなどが挙げられる。不飽和脂肪酸アミドの具体例としては、オレイン酸アミド、エルカ酸アミドなどが挙げられる。置換アミドの具体例としては、N-オレイルパルミチン酸アミド、N-ステアリルステアリン酸アミド、N-ステアリルオレイン酸アミド、N-オレイルステアリン酸アミド、N-ステアリルエルカ酸アミドなどが挙げられる。また、メチロールアミドの具体例としては、メチロールステアリン酸アミドなどが挙げられる。飽和脂肪酸ビスアミドの具体例としては、メチレンビスステアリン酸アミド、エチレンビスカプリン酸アミド、エチレンビスラウリン酸アミド、エチレンビスステアリン酸アミド、エチレンビスヒドロキシステアリン酸アミド、エチレンビスベヘン酸アミド、ヘキサメチレンビスステアリン酸アミド、ヘキサメチレンビスベヘン酸アミド、ヘキサメチレンヒドロキシステアリン酸アミド、N,N’-ジステアリルアジピン酸アミド、N,N’-ジステアリルセバシン酸アミドなどが挙げられる。不飽和脂肪酸ビスアミドの具体例としては、エチレンビスオレイン酸アミド、エチレンビスエルカ酸アミド、ヘキサメチレンビスオレイン酸アミド、N,N’-ジオレイルアジピン酸アミド、N,N’-ジオレイルセバシン酸アミドなどが挙げられる。脂肪酸エステルアミドの具体例としては、ステアロアミドエチルステアレートなどが挙げられる。また、芳香族ビスアミドの具体例としては、m-キシリレンビスステアリン酸アミド、m-キシリレンビスヒドロキシステアリン酸アミド、N,N’-ジステアリルイソフタル酸アミドなどが挙げられる。滑剤は、1種類単独で使用してもよいし、2種類以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 In the present disclosure, it is preferable that a lubricant is present on the surface of the base material layer 1 from the viewpoint of enhancing the moldability of the exterior material for an electricity storage device. The lubricant is not particularly limited, but preferably an amide lubricant is used. Specific examples of the amide-based lubricant include saturated fatty acid amide, unsaturated fatty acid amide, substituted amide, methylolamide, saturated fatty acid bisamide, unsaturated fatty acid bisamide, fatty acid ester amide, aromatic bisamide, and the like. Specific examples of the saturated fatty acid amide include lauric acid amide, palmitic acid amide, stearic acid amide, behenic acid amide, and hydroxystearic acid amide. Specific examples of unsaturated fatty acid amides include oleic acid amide and erucic acid amide. Specific examples of the substituted amide include N-oleylpalmitic acid amide, N-stearyl stearic acid amide, N-stearyl oleic acid amide, N-oleyl stearic acid amide, and N-stearyl erucic acid amide. Specific examples of the methylolamide include methylolstearic acid amide. Specific examples of the saturated fatty acid bisamide include methylenebisstearic acid amide, ethylenebiscapric acid amide, ethylenebislauric acid amide, ethylenebisstearic acid amide, ethylenebishydroxystearic acid amide, ethylenebisbehenic acid amide, and hexamethylenebisstearic acid amide. Examples thereof include acid amide, hexamethylene bisbehenic acid amide, hexamethylene hydroxystearic acid amide, N,N′-distearyl adipic acid amide and N,N′-distearyl sebacic acid amide. Specific examples of the unsaturated fatty acid bisamide include ethylenebisoleic acid amide, ethylenebiserucic acid amide, hexamethylenebisoleic acid amide, N,N′-dioleyl adipate amide, N,N′-dioleyl sebacic acid amide. And so on. Specific examples of the fatty acid ester amide include stearoamide ethyl stearate. Further, specific examples of the aromatic bisamide include m-xylylenebisstearic acid amide, m-xylylenebishydroxystearic acid amide, N,N'-distearylisophthalic acid amide and the like. The lubricant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 基材層1の表面に滑剤が存在する場合、その存在量としては、特に制限されないが、好ましくは約3mg/m2以上、より好ましくは4~15mg/m2程度、さらに好ましくは5~14mg/m2程度が挙げられる。 When a lubricant is present on the surface of the base material layer 1, its amount is not particularly limited, but is preferably about 3 mg/m 2 or more, more preferably about 4 to 15 mg/m 2 , and further preferably 5 to 14 mg. /M 2 can be mentioned.
 基材層1の表面に存在する滑剤は、基材層1を構成する樹脂に含まれる滑剤を滲出させたものであってもよいし、基材層1の表面に滑剤を塗布したものであってもよい。 The lubricant present on the surface of the base material layer 1 may be one in which the lubricant contained in the resin forming the base material layer 1 is exuded, or the one coated with the lubricant on the surface of the base material layer 1. May be.
 基材層1の厚みについては、基材としての機能を発揮すれば特に制限されないが、例えば、3~50μm程度、好ましくは10~35μm程度が挙げられる。基材層1が、2層以上の樹脂フィルムの積層体である場合、各層を構成している樹脂フィルムの厚みとしては、それぞれ、好ましくは2~25μm程度が挙げられる。 The thickness of the base material layer 1 is not particularly limited as long as it exerts a function as a base material, but is, for example, about 3 to 50 μm, preferably about 10 to 35 μm. When the base material layer 1 is a laminate of two or more resin films, the thickness of the resin film forming each layer is preferably about 2 to 25 μm.
 例えば接着剤層が、黒色に着色した層である場合には、接着剤層よりも外側に位置する基材層は、透明又は半透明であることが好ましい。 For example, when the adhesive layer is a layer colored in black, the base material layer located outside the adhesive layer is preferably transparent or translucent.
[接着剤層2]
 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材において、接着剤層2は、基材層1とバリア層3との接着性を高めることを目的として、必要に応じて、これらの間に設けられる層である。
[Adhesive layer 2]
In the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure, the adhesive layer 2 is a layer provided between the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3, if necessary, for the purpose of enhancing the adhesiveness between the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3.
 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材において、接着剤層2は、バリア層3よりも外側に位置する、青色剤を含む層とすることができる。例えば、接着剤層2を黒色に着色することによって、外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材とした上で、さらに、接着剤層2に後述の青色剤を配合して、前述の識別性を高めることができる。なお、前述の識別性を高める観点から、青色剤を配合した上で、さらに、接着剤層2に含まれる着色剤の種類や含有量などの組成、基材層1、必要に応じて設けられる表面被覆層6や着色層21などのバリア層3よりも外側に位置する層の組成、さらには、後述する蓄電デバイス用外装材のエージング処理条件などを調整することにより、蓄電デバイス用外装材10の色味を調整することができる。 In the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure, the adhesive layer 2 can be a layer that is located outside the barrier layer 3 and that contains a blue agent. For example, by coloring the adhesive layer 2 in black to form an exterior material for an electricity storage device having a black appearance, and further adding a blue agent described below to the adhesive layer 2 to provide the above-mentioned distinguishability. Can be increased. From the viewpoint of enhancing the above-mentioned distinctiveness, the composition such as the kind and content of the colorant contained in the adhesive layer 2 and the base material layer 1 are further provided after the blue agent is blended. By adjusting the composition of layers such as the surface coating layer 6 and the colored layer 21 located outside the barrier layer 3, and further adjusting the aging treatment conditions of the electricity storage device exterior material described later, the electricity storage device exterior material 10 can be adjusted. The color of can be adjusted.
 接着剤層2は、基材層1とバリア層3とを接着可能である接着剤によって形成される。接着剤層2の形成に使用される接着剤は限定されないが、化学反応型、溶剤揮発型、熱溶融型、熱圧型等のいずれであってもよい。また、2液硬化型接着剤(2液性接着剤)であってもよく、1液硬化型接着剤(1液性接着剤)であってもよく、硬化反応を伴わない樹脂でもよい。また、接着剤層2は単層であってもよいし、多層であってもよい。 The adhesive layer 2 is formed of an adhesive that can bond the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3 together. The adhesive used for forming the adhesive layer 2 is not limited, but may be any of a chemical reaction type, a solvent volatilization type, a heat melting type, a heat pressure type and the like. Further, it may be a two-component curing type adhesive (two-component adhesive), a one-component curing type adhesive (one-component adhesive), or a resin that does not undergo a curing reaction. The adhesive layer 2 may be a single layer or a multilayer.
 接着剤に含まれる接着成分としては、具体的には、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリブチレンナフタレート、ポリエチレンイソフタレート、共重合ポリエステル等のポリエステル;ポリエーテル;ポリウレタン;エポキシ樹脂;フェノール樹脂;ナイロン6、ナイロン66、ナイロン12、共重合ポリアミド等のポリアミド;ポリオレフィン、環状ポリオレフィン、酸変性ポリオレフィン、酸変性環状ポリオレフィンなどのポリオレフィン系樹脂;ポリ酢酸ビニル;セルロース;(メタ)アクリル樹脂;ポリイミド;ポリカーボネート;尿素樹脂、メラミン樹脂等のアミノ樹脂;クロロプレンゴム、ニトリルゴム、スチレン-ブタジエンゴム等のゴム;シリコーン樹脂等が挙げられる。これらの接着成分は1種単独で使用してもよく、また2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。これらの接着成分の中でも、好ましくはポリウレタン接着剤が挙げられる。また、これらの接着成分となる樹脂は適切な硬化剤を併用して接着強度を高めることができる。前記硬化剤は、接着成分の持つ官能基に応じて、ポリイソシアネート、多官能エポキシ樹脂、オキサゾリン基含有ポリマー、ポリアミン樹脂、酸無水物などから適切なものを選択する。 Specific examples of the adhesive component contained in the adhesive include polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene naphthalate, polyethylene isophthalate, polyesters such as copolyester; polyether; polyurethane; epoxy resin; Phenolic resin; nylon 6, nylon 66, nylon 12, polyamide such as copolyamide; polyolefin resin such as polyolefin, cyclic polyolefin, acid-modified polyolefin, acid-modified cyclic polyolefin; polyvinyl acetate; cellulose; (meth)acrylic resin; Polyimide; polycarbonate; amino resins such as urea resin and melamine resin; rubber such as chloroprene rubber, nitrile rubber and styrene-butadiene rubber; silicone resin and the like. These adhesive components may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these adhesive components, a polyurethane adhesive is preferable. In addition, the resin serving as the adhesive component may be used in combination with an appropriate curing agent to enhance the adhesive strength. The curing agent is appropriately selected from polyisocyanates, polyfunctional epoxy resins, oxazoline group-containing polymers, polyamine resins, acid anhydrides, etc. depending on the functional groups of the adhesive component.
 ポリウレタン接着剤としては、例えば、ポリオール化合物を含有する主剤と、イソシアネート化合物を含有する硬化剤とを含むポリウレタン接着剤が挙げられる。好ましくはポリエステルポリオール、ポリエーテルポリオール、およびアクリルポリオール等のポリオールを主剤として、芳香族系又は脂肪族系のポリイソシアネートを硬化剤とした二液硬化型のポリウレタン接着剤が挙げられる。また、ポリオール化合物としては、繰り返し単位の末端の水酸基に加えて、側鎖にも水酸基を有するポリエステルポリオールを用いることが好ましい。硬化剤としては、脂肪族、脂環式、芳香族、芳香脂肪族のイソシアネート系化合物が挙げられる。イソシアネート系化合物としては、例えばヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート(HDI)キシリレンジイソシアネート(XDI)、イソホロンジイソシアネート(IPDI)、水素化XDI(H6XDI)、水素化MDI(H12MDI)、トリレンジイソシアネート(TDI)、ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート(MDI)、ナフタレンジイソシアネート(NDI)等が挙げられる。また、これらのジイソシアネートの1種類又は2種類以上からの多官能イソシアネート変性体等が挙げられる。また、ポリイソシアネート化合物として多量体(例えば三量体)を使用することもできる。このような多量体には、アダクト体、ビウレット体、ヌレート体等が挙げられる。なお、脂肪族イソシアネート系化合物とは脂肪族基を有し芳香環を有さないイソシアネートを指し、脂環式イソシアネート系化合物とは脂環式炭化水素基を有するイソシアネートを指し、芳香族イソシアネート系化合物とは芳香環を有するイソシアネートを指す。接着剤層2がポリウレタン接着剤により形成されていることで蓄電デバイス用外装材に優れた電解液耐性が付与され、側面に電解液が付着しても基材層1が剥がれることが抑制される。 The polyurethane adhesive includes, for example, a polyurethane adhesive containing a base compound containing a polyol compound and a curing agent containing an isocyanate compound. A two-component curing type polyurethane adhesive containing a polyol such as a polyester polyol, a polyether polyol and an acrylic polyol as a main component and an aromatic or aliphatic polyisocyanate as a curing agent is preferable. Further, as the polyol compound, it is preferable to use a polyester polyol having a hydroxyl group at the side chain in addition to the hydroxyl group at the terminal of the repeating unit. Examples of the curing agent include aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic and araliphatic isocyanate compounds. Examples of the isocyanate-based compound include hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI) xylylene diisocyanate (XDI), isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), hydrogenated XDI (H6XDI), hydrogenated MDI (H12MDI), tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), diphenylmethane diisocyanate ( MDI), naphthalene diisocyanate (NDI) and the like. Moreover, the polyfunctional isocyanate modified body etc. from 1 type or 2 types or more of these diisocyanates are mentioned. Further, a multimer (for example, trimer) can be used as the polyisocyanate compound. Examples of such a multimer include an adduct body, a biuret body, and a nurate body. The aliphatic isocyanate-based compound refers to an isocyanate having an aliphatic group and no aromatic ring, the alicyclic isocyanate-based compound refers to an isocyanate having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic isocyanate-based compound Means an isocyanate having an aromatic ring. Since the adhesive layer 2 is formed of the polyurethane adhesive, excellent resistance to the electrolytic solution is imparted to the exterior material for the electricity storage device, and the base layer 1 is prevented from peeling off even when the electrolytic solution adheres to the side surface. ..
 また、接着剤層2は、接着性を阻害しない限り他成分の添加が許容され、着色剤や熱可塑性エラストマー、粘着付与剤、フィラーなどを含有してもよい。接着剤層2が着色剤を含んでいることにより、蓄電デバイス用外装材を着色することができる。着色剤としては、顔料、染料などの公知のものが使用できる。また、着色剤は、1種類のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。 Further, the adhesive layer 2 may contain other components as long as it does not impair the adhesiveness, and may contain a colorant, a thermoplastic elastomer, a tackifier, a filler and the like. Since the adhesive layer 2 contains the coloring agent, the exterior material for the electricity storage device can be colored. Known colorants such as pigments and dyes can be used as the colorant. In addition, as the colorant, only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be mixed and used.
 顔料の種類は、前記のb*値が-0.20以下となり、接着剤層2の接着性を損なわない範囲であれば、特に限定されない。有機顔料としては、例えば、アゾ系、フタロシアニン系、キナクリドン系、アンスラキノン系、ジオキサジン系、インジゴチオインジゴ系、ペリノン-ペリレン系、イソインドレニン系、ベンズイミダゾロン系等の顔料が挙げられ、無機顔料としては、カーボンブラック系、チタン系、酸化チタン系、カドミウム系、鉛系、酸化クロム系、鉄系等の顔料が挙げられ、その他に、マイカ(雲母)の微粉末、魚鱗箔等が挙げられる。 The type of pigment is not particularly limited as long as the b * value is −0.20 or less and the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer 2 is not impaired. Examples of organic pigments include azo-based, phthalocyanine-based, quinacridone-based, anthraquinone-based, dioxazine-based, indigothioindigo-based, perinone-perylene-based, isoindolenin-based, benzimidazolone-based pigments, etc. Examples of the pigment include carbon black-based, titanium-based, titanium oxide-based, cadmium-based, lead-based, chromium oxide-based, and iron-based pigments, and in addition, mica (mica) fine powder, fish scale foil, and the like. To be
 顔料の平均粒子径としては、特に制限されず、例えば、0.05~5μm程度、好ましくは0.08~2μm程度が挙げられる。なお、顔料の平均粒子径は、レーザ回折/散乱式粒子径分布測定装置で測定されたメジアン径とする。なお、顔料の一次粒子径が変化すると、同じ種類の顔料であっても、色味が変化する。例えば、黒色顔料の一次粒子径が大きくなると、僅かに青みがかった黒色になることがある。このため、本開示においては、使用する顔料の一次粒子径を調整することも好ましい。なお、顔料の二次粒子径は、好ましくは約0.8μm以下、より好ましくは約0.6μm以下、さらに好ましくは約0.4μm以下である。また、顔料の二次粒子径は、好ましくは約0.05μm以上、より好ましくは約0.1μm以上である。顔料の二次粒子径の好ましい範囲としては、0.05~0.8μm程度、0.05~0.6μm程度、0.05~0.4μm程度、0.1~0.8μm程度、0.1~0.6μm程度、0.1~0.4μm程度が挙げられる。 The average particle diameter of the pigment is not particularly limited and may be, for example, about 0.05 to 5 μm, preferably about 0.08 to 2 μm. The average particle diameter of the pigment is the median diameter measured by a laser diffraction/scattering type particle diameter distribution measuring device. When the primary particle diameter of the pigment changes, the tint changes even for the same type of pigment. For example, when the primary particle diameter of the black pigment becomes large, it may become slightly bluish black. Therefore, in the present disclosure, it is also preferable to adjust the primary particle diameter of the pigment used. The secondary particle size of the pigment is preferably about 0.8 μm or less, more preferably about 0.6 μm or less, still more preferably about 0.4 μm or less. The secondary particle size of the pigment is preferably about 0.05 μm or more, more preferably about 0.1 μm or more. Preferable ranges of the secondary particle diameter of the pigment are about 0.05 to 0.8 μm, about 0.05 to 0.6 μm, about 0.05 to 0.4 μm, about 0.1 to 0.8 μm, and 0.1. The thickness is about 1 to 0.6 μm and about 0.1 to 0.4 μm.
 着色剤の中でも、蓄電デバイス用外装材の外観を黒色とするためには、黒色剤を用いることが好ましい。黒色剤とは、黒色に着色できる顔料、染料などの添加剤であり、黒色着色剤である。黒色剤としては、黒色顔料が挙げられる。また黒色顔料としては、炭素、チタン系の顔料が好ましい。なお、炭素からなる黒色顔料は、一般にカーボンブラックと称されている。チタン系の顔料としてはチタンブラックが好ましい。また、カーボンブラックとチタンブラックを混合して使用してもよい。 Among the colorants, it is preferable to use a black colorant in order to make the exterior material of the electricity storage device have a black appearance. The black colorant is a black colorant, which is an additive such as a pigment or dye that can be colored black. Examples of the blackening agent include black pigments. As the black pigment, carbon and titanium pigments are preferable. The black pigment made of carbon is generally called carbon black. Titanium black is preferable as the titanium-based pigment. Further, carbon black and titanium black may be mixed and used.
 さらに、蓄電デバイス用外装材の外観を黒色とした上で、識別性を向上させる観点からは、接着剤層2は、黒色剤に加えて、さらに、青色剤を含むことが好ましい。青色剤とは、青色に着色できる顔料、染料などの添加剤であり、青色着色剤である。青色剤としては、アントラキノン、インジゴイドなどの染料、フタロシアニン、ウルトラマリン、フェロシアン化第二鉄、紺青などの顔料が挙げられ、フタロシアニンとしては銅フタロシアニン、無金属フタロシアニンなどが挙げられ、銅フタロシアニンが好適である。銅フタロシアニンは、青色系の顔料として知られている。 Further, from the viewpoint of improving the distinctiveness after the appearance of the exterior material for the electricity storage device is black, it is preferable that the adhesive layer 2 further contains a blue agent in addition to the black agent. The blue colorant is a blue colorant, which is an additive such as a pigment or dye that can be colored blue. Examples of the blue agent include dyes such as anthraquinone and indigoid, phthalocyanine, ultramarine, ferric ferrocyanide, and pigments such as navy blue.Examples of the phthalocyanine include copper phthalocyanine and metal-free phthalocyanine, and copper phthalocyanine is preferable. Is. Copper phthalocyanine is known as a blue pigment.
 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材を構成する積層体の外側から蛍光X線分析法(XRF)による分析を行うと、Cu元素が検出されることが好ましい。例えば、蓄電デバイス用外装材の接着剤層2の顔料として、銅を含む顔料(例えば、銅フタロシアニン)などを含む場合、積層体の外側から蛍光X線分析法(XRF)による分析を行うと、Cu元素が検出される。後述のように、表面被覆層6や着色層21が銅を含む顔料(例えば、銅フタロシアニン)などを含む場合にも、外側から蛍光X線分析法(XRF)による分析を行うと、Cu元素が検出される。蛍光X線分析法(XRF)によるCu元素の検出には、実施例に記載の測定条件が採用できる。 It is preferable that Cu element is detected when an analysis by a fluorescent X-ray analysis method (XRF) is performed from the outside of the laminate that constitutes the exterior material for the electricity storage device of the present disclosure. For example, when a pigment containing copper (for example, copper phthalocyanine) or the like is included as the pigment of the adhesive layer 2 of the exterior material for an electricity storage device, when an analysis by fluorescent X-ray analysis (XRF) is performed from the outside of the laminate, Cu element is detected. As described later, even when the surface coating layer 6 and the colored layer 21 include a pigment containing copper (for example, copper phthalocyanine) and the like, when the analysis by the fluorescent X-ray analysis method (XRF) is performed from the outside, the Cu element is To be detected. The detection conditions described in the examples can be adopted for the detection of the Cu element by the fluorescent X-ray analysis method (XRF).
 接着剤層2における着色剤の含有量は、蓄電デバイス用外装材が黒色に着色されれば特に制限されず、適切に着色する観点から、好ましくは約0.5質量%以上、より好ましくは約1.0質量%以上である。また、接着剤層2における着色剤の含有量は、適切に基材層1とバリア層3との接着性を保持する観点から、好ましくは約50.0質量%以下、より好ましくは約30.0質量%以下、さらに好ましくは20.0質量%以下である。接着剤層2における着色剤の含有量の好ましい範囲としては、0.5~50.0質量%程度、0.5~30.0質量%程度、0.5~20.0質量%程度、1.0~50.0質量%程度、1.0~30.0質量%程度、1.0~20.0質量%程度が挙げられる。 The content of the colorant in the adhesive layer 2 is not particularly limited as long as the exterior material for an electricity storage device is colored black, and from the viewpoint of appropriate coloring, it is preferably about 0.5 mass% or more, more preferably about It is 1.0 mass% or more. The content of the colorant in the adhesive layer 2 is preferably about 50.0% by mass or less, more preferably about 30.%, from the viewpoint of appropriately maintaining the adhesiveness between the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3. It is 0 mass% or less, more preferably 20.0 mass% or less. The preferable range of the content of the colorant in the adhesive layer 2 is about 0.5 to 50.0% by mass, about 0.5 to 30.0% by mass, about 0.5 to 20.0% by mass, 1 It is about 0.0 to 50.0% by mass, about 1.0 to 30.0% by mass, and about 1.0 to 20.0% by mass.
 また、接着剤層2に着色剤として黒色剤を配合する場合、接着剤層2における黒色剤の含有量は、蓄電デバイス用外装材が黒色に着色されれば特に制限されず、適切に着色する観点から、好ましくは約0.5質量%以上、より好ましくは約1.0質量%以上である。また、適切に基材層1とバリア層3との接着性を保持する観点から、当該黒色剤の含有量は、好ましくは約50.0質量%以下、より好ましくは約30.0質量%以下、さらに好ましくは20.0質量%以下である。また、当該黒色剤の好ましい範囲としては、0.5~50.0質量%程度、0.5~30.0質量%程度、0.5~20.0質量%程度、1.0~50.0質量%程度、1.0~30.0質量%程度、1.0~20.0質量%程度が挙げられる。また、接着剤層2に青色剤を配合する場合、接着剤層2における青色剤の含有量としては、蓄電デバイス用外装材が黒色に着色されれば特に制限されず、例えば0.5~30質量%程度、好ましくは1~20質量%が挙げられる。 In addition, when a black agent is mixed as a coloring agent in the adhesive layer 2, the content of the black agent in the adhesive layer 2 is not particularly limited as long as the exterior material for an electricity storage device is colored in black, and is appropriately colored. From the viewpoint, it is preferably about 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably about 1.0% by mass or more. Further, from the viewpoint of appropriately maintaining the adhesiveness between the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3, the content of the black agent is preferably about 50.0 mass% or less, more preferably about 30.0 mass% or less. , And more preferably 20.0% by mass or less. The preferred range of the blackening agent is about 0.5 to 50.0% by mass, about 0.5 to 30.0% by mass, about 0.5 to 20.0% by mass, 1.0 to 50. Examples thereof include about 0% by mass, about 1.0 to 30.0% by mass, and about 1.0 to 20.0% by mass. When a blue agent is blended in the adhesive layer 2, the content of the blue agent in the adhesive layer 2 is not particularly limited as long as the exterior material for the electricity storage device is colored black, and is, for example, 0.5 to 30. The amount is about mass%, preferably 1 to 20 mass%.
 また、接着剤層2に黒色剤と青色剤を配合する場合、接着剤層2における黒色剤と青色剤の割合については、黒色剤を100質量部として、青色剤の割合は、好ましくは約0.1質量以上、より好ましくは約1質量部以上、さらに好ましくは約10質量部以上である。また、当該青色剤の割合は、好ましくは約150質量部以下、より好ましくは約100質量部以下である。また、当該青色剤の割合の好ましい範囲としては、0.1~150質量部程度、0.1~100質量部程度、1~150質量部程度、1~100質量部程度、10~150質量部程度、10~100質量部程度である。 When a black agent and a blue agent are mixed in the adhesive layer 2, the ratio of the black agent and the blue agent in the adhesive layer 2 is 100 parts by mass of the black agent, and the ratio of the blue agent is preferably about 0. 0.1 mass part or more, more preferably about 1 mass part or more, still more preferably about 10 mass part or more. The ratio of the blue colorant is preferably about 150 parts by mass or less, more preferably about 100 parts by mass or less. The preferred range of the ratio of the blue agent is about 0.1 to 150 parts by mass, about 0.1 to 100 parts by mass, about 1 to 150 parts by mass, about 1 to 100 parts by mass, and about 10 to 150 parts by mass. 10 to 100 parts by mass.
 接着剤層2の厚みは、基材層1とバリア層3とを接着できれば、特に制限されないが、例えば、約1μm以上、約2μm以上である。また、接着剤層2の厚みは、例えば、約10μm以下、約5μm以下である。接着剤層2の厚みの好ましい範囲については、1~10μm程度、1~5μm程度、2~10μm程度、2~5μm程度が挙げられる。 The thickness of the adhesive layer 2 is not particularly limited as long as the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3 can be bonded, but is, for example, about 1 μm or more, about 2 μm or more. The thickness of the adhesive layer 2 is, for example, about 10 μm or less and about 5 μm or less. The preferable range of the thickness of the adhesive layer 2 is about 1 to 10 μm, about 1 to 5 μm, about 2 to 10 μm, and about 2 to 5 μm.
[着色層21]
 着色層21は、基材層1とバリア層3との間に必要に応じて設けられる層である。接着剤層2を有する場合には、基材層1と接着剤層2との間、接着剤層2とバリア層3との間の少なくとも一方に着色層21を設けてもよい。また、基材層1の外側に着色層21を設けてもよい。着色層21を設けることにより、蓄電デバイス用外装材を好適に黒色に着色することができる。
[Coloring layer 21]
The colored layer 21 is a layer provided between the base material layer 1 and the barrier layer 3 as needed. When the adhesive layer 2 is provided, the coloring layer 21 may be provided on at least one of the base material layer 1 and the adhesive layer 2 and the adhesive layer 2 and the barrier layer 3. Further, the colored layer 21 may be provided outside the base material layer 1. By providing the colored layer 21, the exterior material for an electricity storage device can be suitably colored black.
 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材において、着色層21は、バリア層3よりも外側に位置する、青色剤を含む層とすることができる。例えば、着色層21を黒色に着色することによって、外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材とした上で、着色層21に青色剤を配合して、蓄電デバイス用外装材10の色味を調整して、前述の識別性を高めることができる。なお、識別性を高める観点から、着色層21に青色剤を配合した上で、さらに、着色層21に含まれる着色剤の種類や含有量などの組成、基材層1、必要に応じて設けられる接着剤層2や表面被覆層6などのバリア層3よりも外側に位置する層の組成、さらには、後述する蓄電デバイス用外装材のエージング処理条件などを調整することにより、蓄電デバイス用外装材10の色味を調整することができる。 In the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure, the colored layer 21 may be a layer that is located outside the barrier layer 3 and that includes a blue colorant. For example, the colored layer 21 is colored black to form an exterior material for an electricity storage device having a black appearance, and a blue agent is added to the colored layer 21 to adjust the tint of the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device. Then, the above-mentioned distinctiveness can be improved. From the viewpoint of enhancing the distinctiveness, a blue agent is added to the coloring layer 21, and then the composition such as the type and content of the coloring agent contained in the coloring layer 21, the base material layer 1, and the like are provided as necessary. By adjusting the composition of the layer located outside the barrier layer 3 such as the adhesive layer 2 and the surface coating layer 6 to be used, and further adjusting the aging conditions of the exterior material for the electricity storage device described later, the electricity storage device exterior The color of the material 10 can be adjusted.
 着色層21は、例えば、着色剤を含むインキを基材層1の表面、またはバリア層3の表面に塗布することにより形成することができる。着色剤としては、顔料、染料などの公知のものが使用できる。また、着色剤は、1種類のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。 The colored layer 21 can be formed, for example, by applying an ink containing a colorant to the surface of the base material layer 1 or the surface of the barrier layer 3. Known colorants such as pigments and dyes can be used as the colorant. In addition, as the colorant, only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be mixed and used.
 着色層21に含まれる着色剤の具体例としては、[接着剤層2]の欄で例示したものと同じものが例示される。 Specific examples of the coloring agent contained in the coloring layer 21 are the same as those exemplified in the section of [Adhesive layer 2].
 着色層21における着色剤の含有量は、蓄電デバイス用外装材が黒色に着色されれば特に制限されず、適切に着色する観点から、好ましくは約0.5質量%以上、より好ましくは約1.0質量%以上である。また、着色層21における着色剤の含有量は、適切に着色層21を形成させる観点から、好ましくは約50.0質量%以下、より好ましくは約30.0質量%以下、さらに好ましくは20.0質量%以下である。着色層21における着色剤の含有量の好ましい範囲としては、0.5~50.0質量%程度、0.5~30.0質量%程度、0.5~20.0質量%程度、1.0~50.0質量%程度、1.0~30.0質量%程度、1.0~20.0質量%程度が挙げられる。 The content of the colorant in the colored layer 21 is not particularly limited as long as the exterior material for an electricity storage device is colored black, and from the viewpoint of appropriate coloring, preferably about 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably about 1% by mass. It is 0.0% by mass or more. The content of the colorant in the colored layer 21 is preferably about 50.0% by mass or less, more preferably about 30.0% by mass or less, and further preferably 20.% from the viewpoint of appropriately forming the colored layer 21. It is 0 mass% or less. The preferable range of the content of the colorant in the colored layer 21 is about 0.5 to 50.0% by mass, about 0.5 to 30.0% by mass, about 0.5 to 20.0% by mass, and 1. It may be about 0 to 50.0% by mass, 1.0 to 30.0% by mass, or 1.0 to 20.0% by mass.
 また、着色層21に黒色剤を配合する場合、着色層21における黒色剤の含有量は、蓄電デバイス用外装材が黒色に着色されれば特に制限されず、適切に着色する観点から、好ましくは約0.5質量%以上、より好ましくは約1.0質量%以上である。また、着色層21における黒色剤の含有量は、適切に着色層21を形成させる観点から、好ましくは約50.0質量%以下、より好ましくは約30.0質量%以下、さらに好ましくは20.0質量%以下である。また、着色層21における黒色剤の含有量の好ましい範囲としては、0.5~50.0質量%程度、0.5~30.0質量%程度、0.5~20.0質量%程度、1.0~50.0質量%程度、1.0~30.0質量%程度、1.0~20.0質量%程度が挙げられる。また、着色層21に青色剤を配合する場合、着色層21における青色剤の含有量としては、蓄電デバイス用外装材が黒色に着色されれば特に制限されず、例えば0.5~30質量%程度、好ましくは1~20質量%が挙げられる。 When a black agent is added to the colored layer 21, the content of the black agent in the colored layer 21 is not particularly limited as long as the exterior material for an electricity storage device is colored black, and is preferably colored from the viewpoint of appropriate coloring. It is about 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably about 1.0% by mass or more. The content of the blackening agent in the colored layer 21 is preferably about 50.0% by mass or less, more preferably about 30.0% by mass or less, and further preferably 20.% from the viewpoint of appropriately forming the colored layer 21. It is 0 mass% or less. Further, the preferable range of the content of the black agent in the colored layer 21 is about 0.5 to 50.0% by mass, about 0.5 to 30.0% by mass, about 0.5 to 20.0% by mass, Examples thereof include about 1.0 to 50.0% by mass, about 1.0 to 30.0% by mass, and about 1.0 to 20.0% by mass. When a blue agent is added to the colored layer 21, the content of the blue agent in the colored layer 21 is not particularly limited as long as the exterior material for the electricity storage device is colored black, and is, for example, 0.5 to 30% by mass. The amount is preferably about 1 to 20% by mass.
 また、着色層21に黒色剤と青色剤を配合する場合、着色層21における黒色剤と青色剤の割合については、黒色剤を100質量部として、青色剤の割合は、好ましくは約0.1質量以上、より好ましくは約1質量部以上、さらに好ましくは約10質量部以上である。また、当該青色剤の割合は、好ましくは約150質量部以下、より好ましくは約100質量部以下である。当該青色剤の好ましい範囲としては、0.1~150質量部程度、0.1~100質量部程度、1~150質量部程度、1~100質量部程度、10~150質量部程度、10~100質量部程度である。 When a black agent and a blue agent are blended in the colored layer 21, the ratio of the black agent and the blue agent in the colored layer 21 is preferably about 0.1 with the black agent being 100 parts by mass. The amount is at least mass, more preferably at least about 1 part by mass, further preferably at least about 10 parts by mass. The ratio of the blue colorant is preferably about 150 parts by mass or less, more preferably about 100 parts by mass or less. The preferred range of the blue colorant is about 0.1 to 150 parts by mass, about 0.1 to 100 parts by mass, about 1 to 150 parts by mass, about 1 to 100 parts by mass, about 10 to 150 parts by mass, about 10 to It is about 100 parts by mass.
[バリア層3]
 蓄電デバイス用外装材において、バリア層3は、少なくとも水分の浸入を抑止する層である。
[Barrier layer 3]
In the exterior material for an electricity storage device, the barrier layer 3 is a layer that suppresses at least moisture from entering.
 バリア層3としては、例えば、バリア性を有する金属箔、蒸着膜、樹脂層などが挙げられる。蒸着膜としては金属蒸着膜、無機酸化物蒸着膜、炭素含有無機酸化物蒸着膜などが挙げられ、樹脂層としてはポリ塩化ビニリデン、クロロトリフルオロエチレン(CTFE)を主成分としたポリマー類やテトラフルオロエチレン(TFE)を主成分としたポリマー類やフルオロアルキル基を有するポリマー、およびフルオロアルキル単位を主成分としたポリマー類などのフッ素含有樹脂、エチレンビニルアルコール共重合体などが挙げられる。また、バリア層3としては、これらの蒸着膜及び樹脂層の少なくとも1層を設けた樹脂フィルムなども挙げられる。バリア層3は、複数層設けてもよい。バリア層3は、金属材料により構成された層を含むことが好ましい。バリア層3を構成する金属材料としては、具体的には、アルミニウム合金、ステンレス鋼、チタン鋼、鋼板などが挙げられ、金属箔として用いる場合は、アルミニウム合金箔及びステンレス鋼箔の少なくとも一方を含むことが好ましい。 Examples of the barrier layer 3 include a metal foil having a barrier property, a vapor deposition film, a resin layer, and the like. The vapor deposition film may be a metal vapor deposition film, an inorganic oxide vapor deposition film, a carbon-containing inorganic oxide vapor deposition film, or the like, and the resin layer may be polyvinylidene chloride, polymers containing tetrachloroethylene (CTFE) as a main component or tetra- Examples thereof include polymers containing fluoroethylene (TFE) as a main component, polymers having a fluoroalkyl group, and fluorine-containing resins such as polymers having a fluoroalkyl unit as a main component, and ethylene vinyl alcohol copolymers. Further, as the barrier layer 3, a resin film provided with at least one of the vapor deposition film and the resin layer may be used. A plurality of barrier layers 3 may be provided. The barrier layer 3 preferably includes a layer made of a metal material. Specific examples of the metal material forming the barrier layer 3 include aluminum alloys, stainless steels, titanium steels, and steel plates. When used as metal foils, at least one of aluminum alloy foils and stainless steel foils is included. It is preferable.
 アルミニウム合金箔は、蓄電デバイス用外装材の成形性を向上させる観点から、例えば、焼きなまし処理済みのアルミニウム合金などにより構成された軟質アルミニウム合金箔であることがより好ましく、より成形性を向上させる観点から、鉄を含むアルミニウム合金箔であることが好ましい。鉄を含むアルミニウム合金箔(100質量%)において、鉄の含有量は、0.1~9.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~2.0質量%であることがより好ましい。鉄の含有量が0.1質量%以上であることにより、より優れた成形性を有する蓄電デバイス用外装材を得ることができる。鉄の含有量が9.0質量%以下であることにより、より柔軟性に優れた蓄電デバイス用外装材を得ることができる。軟質アルミニウム合金箔としては、例えば、JIS H4160:1994 A8021H-O、JIS H4160:1994 A8079H-O、JIS H4000:2014 A8021P-O、又はJIS H4000:2014 A8079P-Oで規定される組成を備えるアルミニウム合金箔が挙げられる。また必要に応じて、ケイ素、マグネシウム、銅、マンガンなどが添加されていてもよい。また軟質化は焼鈍処理などで行うことができる。 The aluminum alloy foil is, from the viewpoint of improving the formability of the exterior material for an electricity storage device, more preferably a soft aluminum alloy foil composed of, for example, an annealed aluminum alloy, and the viewpoint of further improving the formability. Therefore, the aluminum alloy foil containing iron is preferable. In the aluminum alloy foil containing iron (100 mass %), the content of iron is preferably 0.1 to 9.0 mass %, and more preferably 0.5 to 2.0 mass %. When the content of iron is 0.1% by mass or more, it is possible to obtain the outer casing material for an electricity storage device having more excellent moldability. When the iron content is 9.0 mass% or less, a more flexible outer packaging material for an electricity storage device can be obtained. As the soft aluminum alloy foil, for example, an aluminum alloy having a composition specified by JIS H4160:1994 A8021H-O, JIS H4160:1994 A8079H-O, JIS H4000:2014 A8021P-O, or JIS H4000:2014 A8079P-O. Foil can be mentioned. If necessary, silicon, magnesium, copper, manganese, etc. may be added. The softening can be performed by annealing treatment or the like.
 また、ステンレス鋼箔としては、オーステナイト系、フェライト系、オーステナイト・フェライト系、マルテンサイト系、析出硬化系のステンレス鋼箔などが挙げられる。さらに成形性に優れた蓄電デバイス用外装材を提供する観点から、ステンレス鋼箔は、オーステナイト系のステンレス鋼により構成されていることが好ましい。 Also, examples of the stainless steel foil include austenite-based, ferrite-based, austenite-ferrite-based, martensite-based, and precipitation hardening-based stainless steel foils. Further, from the viewpoint of providing an exterior material for an electricity storage device having excellent moldability, the stainless steel foil is preferably made of austenitic stainless steel.
 ステンレス鋼箔を構成するオーステナイト系のステンレス鋼の具体例としては、SUS304、SUS301、SUS316Lなどが挙げられ、これら中でも、SUS304が特に好ましい。 SUS304, SUS301, SUS316L and the like are specific examples of the austenitic stainless steel forming the stainless steel foil, and among these, SUS304 is particularly preferable.
 バリア層3の厚みは、金属箔の場合、少なくとも水分の浸入を抑止するバリア層としての機能を発揮すればよく、例えば9~200μm程度が挙げられる。バリア層3の厚みは、好ましくは約85μm以下、より好ましくは約50μm以下、さらに好ましくは約40μm以下、特に好ましくは約35μm以下である。また、バリア層3の厚みは、好ましくは約10μm以上、さらに好ましくは約20μm以上、より好ましくは約25μm以上である。当該厚みの好ましい範囲としては、10~85μm程度、10~50μm程度、10~40μm程度、10~35μm程度、20~85μm程度、20~50μm程度、20~40μm程度、20~35μm程度、25~85μm程度、25~50μm程度、25~40μm程度、25~35μm程度が挙げられる。バリア層3がアルミニウム合金箔により構成されている場合、上述した範囲が特に好ましい。また、特に、バリア層3がステンレス鋼箔により構成されている場合、ステンレス鋼箔の厚みとしては、好ましくは約60μm以下、より好ましくは約50μm以下、さらに好ましくは約40μm以下、さらに好ましくは約30μm以下、特に好ましくは約25μm以下が挙げられる。また、ステンレス鋼箔の厚みとしては、好ましくは約10μm以上、より好ましくは約15μm以上が挙げられる。また、ステンレス鋼箔の厚みの好ましい厚みの範囲としては、10~60μm程度、10~50μm程度、10~40μm程度、10~30μm程度、10~25μm程度、15~60μm程度、15~50μm程度、15~40μm程度、15~30μm程度、15~25μm程度が挙げられる。 In the case of a metal foil, the thickness of the barrier layer 3 may at least exhibit a function as a barrier layer that suppresses the infiltration of moisture, and is, for example, about 9 to 200 μm. The thickness of the barrier layer 3 is preferably about 85 μm or less, more preferably about 50 μm or less, further preferably about 40 μm or less, and particularly preferably about 35 μm or less. The thickness of the barrier layer 3 is preferably about 10 μm or more, more preferably about 20 μm or more, and even more preferably about 25 μm or more. The preferred range of the thickness is about 10-85 μm, about 10-50 μm, about 10-40 μm, about 10-35 μm, about 20-85 μm, about 20-50 μm, about 20-40 μm, about 20-35 μm, about 25- Examples include about 85 μm, about 25 to 50 μm, about 25 to 40 μm, and about 25 to 35 μm. When the barrier layer 3 is made of an aluminum alloy foil, the above range is particularly preferable. Further, particularly when the barrier layer 3 is made of stainless steel foil, the thickness of the stainless steel foil is preferably about 60 μm or less, more preferably about 50 μm or less, further preferably about 40 μm or less, and further preferably about The thickness is 30 μm or less, particularly preferably about 25 μm or less. The thickness of the stainless steel foil is preferably about 10 μm or more, more preferably about 15 μm or more. The preferred thickness range of the stainless steel foil is about 10 to 60 μm, about 10 to 50 μm, about 10 to 40 μm, about 10 to 30 μm, about 10 to 25 μm, about 15 to 60 μm, about 15 to 50 μm, The thickness is about 15 to 40 μm, about 15 to 30 μm, about 15 to 25 μm.
 また、バリア層3が金属箔の場合は、溶解や腐食の防止などのために、少なくとも基材層と反対側の面に耐腐食性皮膜を備えていることが好ましい。バリア層3は、耐腐食性皮膜を両面に備えていてもよい。ここで、耐腐食性皮膜とは、例えば、ベーマイト処理などの熱水変成処理、化成処理、陽極酸化処理、ニッケルやクロムなどのメッキ処理、コーティング剤を塗工する腐食防止処理をバリア層の表面に行い、バリア層に耐腐食性を備えさせる薄膜をいう。耐腐食性皮膜を形成する処理としては、1種類を行ってもよいし、2種類以上を組み合わせて行ってもよい。また、1層だけではなく多層化することもできる。さらに、これらの処理のうち、熱水変成処理及び陽極酸化処理は、処理剤によって金属箔表面を溶解させ、耐腐食性に優れる金属化合物を形成させる処理である。なお、これらの処理は、化成処理の定義に包含される場合もある。また、バリア層3が耐腐食性皮膜を備えている場合、耐腐食性皮膜を含めてバリア層3とする。 Also, when the barrier layer 3 is a metal foil, it is preferable to provide a corrosion-resistant film on at least the surface opposite to the base material layer in order to prevent dissolution and corrosion. The barrier layer 3 may have a corrosion resistant film on both sides. Here, the corrosion-resistant coating means, for example, hydrothermal conversion treatment such as boehmite treatment, chemical conversion treatment, anodic oxidation treatment, plating treatment with nickel or chromium, and corrosion prevention treatment for coating a coating agent on the surface of the barrier layer. And a barrier layer having corrosion resistance. As the treatment for forming the corrosion resistant film, one type may be performed, or two or more types may be combined. Further, not only one layer but also multiple layers can be formed. Further, among these treatments, the hydrothermal conversion treatment and the anodic oxidation treatment are treatments for dissolving the metal foil surface with a treatment agent to form a metal compound having excellent corrosion resistance. Note that these processes may be included in the definition of the chemical conversion process. In addition, when the barrier layer 3 has a corrosion resistant film, the barrier layer 3 includes the corrosion resistant film.
 耐腐食性皮膜は、蓄電デバイス用外装材の成形時において、バリア層(例えば、アルミニウム合金箔)と基材層との間のデラミネーション防止、電解質と水分とによる反応で生成するフッ化水素により、バリア層表面の溶解、腐食、特にバリア層がアルミニウム合金箔である場合にバリア層表面に存在する酸化アルミニウムが溶解、腐食することを防止し、かつ、バリア層表面の接着性(濡れ性)を向上させ、ヒートシール時の基材層とバリア層とのデラミネーション防止、成形時の基材層とバリア層とのデラミネーション防止の効果を示す。 The corrosion-resistant coating is used to prevent delamination between the barrier layer (for example, aluminum alloy foil) and the base material layer during the formation of the exterior material for the electricity storage device, and by hydrogen fluoride generated by the reaction between the electrolyte and water. , Dissolution and corrosion of the surface of the barrier layer, especially when the barrier layer is an aluminum alloy foil, prevents the aluminum oxide present on the surface of the barrier layer from being dissolved and corroded, and the adhesiveness (wettability) of the surface of the barrier layer And the effect of preventing delamination between the base material layer and the barrier layer during heat sealing and preventing delamination between the base material layer and the barrier layer during molding.
 化成処理によって形成される耐腐食性皮膜としては、種々のものが知られており、主には、リン酸塩、クロム酸塩、フッ化物、トリアジンチオール化合物、及び希土類酸化物のうち少なくとも1種を含む耐腐食性皮膜などが挙げられる。リン酸塩、クロム酸塩を用いた化成処理としては、例えば、クロム酸クロメート処理、リン酸クロメート処理、リン酸-クロム酸塩処理、クロム酸塩処理などが挙げられ、これらの処理に用いるクロム化合物としては、例えば、硝酸クロム、フッ化クロム、硫酸クロム、酢酸クロム、蓚酸クロム、重リン酸クロム、クロム酸アセチルアセテート、塩化クロム、硫酸カリウムクロムなどが挙げられる。また、これらの処理に用いるリン化合物としては、リン酸ナトリウム、リン酸カリウム、リン酸アンモニウム、ポリリン酸などが挙げられる。また、クロメート処理としてはエッチングクロメート処理、電解クロメート処理、塗布型クロメート処理などが挙げられ、塗布型クロメート処理が好ましい。この塗布型クロメート処理は、バリア層(例えばアルミニウム合金箔)の少なくとも内層側の面を、まず、アルカリ浸漬法、電解洗浄法、酸洗浄法、電解酸洗浄法、酸活性化法等の周知の処理方法で脱脂処理を行い、その後、脱脂処理面にリン酸Cr(クロム)塩、リン酸Ti(チタン)塩、リン酸Zr(ジルコニウム)塩、リン酸Zn(亜鉛)塩などのリン酸金属塩及びこれらの金属塩の混合体を主成分とする処理液、または、リン酸非金属塩及びこれらの非金属塩の混合体を主成分とする処理液、あるいは、これらと合成樹脂などとの混合物からなる処理液をロールコート法、グラビア印刷法、浸漬法等の周知の塗工法で塗工し、乾燥する処理である。処理液は例えば、水、アルコール系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤など各種溶媒を用いることができ、水が好ましい。また、このとき用いる樹脂成分としては、フェノール系樹脂やアクリル系樹脂などの高分子などが挙げられ、下記一般式(1)~(4)で表される繰り返し単位を有するアミノ化フェノール重合体を用いたクロメート処理などが挙げられる。なお、当該アミノ化フェノール重合体において、下記一般式(1)~(4)で表される繰り返し単位は、1種類単独で含まれていてもよいし、2種類以上の任意の組み合わせであってもよい。アクリル系樹脂は、ポリアクリル酸、アクリル酸メタクリル酸エステル共重合体、アクリル酸マレイン酸共重合体、アクリル酸スチレン共重合体、またはこれらのナトリウム塩、アンモニウム塩、アミン塩等の誘導体であることが好ましい。特にポリアクリル酸のアンモニウム塩、ナトリウム塩、又はアミン塩等のポリアクリル酸の誘導体が好ましい。本開示において、ポリアクリル酸とは、アクリル酸の重合体を意味している。また、アクリル系樹脂は、アクリル酸とジカルボン酸又はジカルボン酸無水物との共重合体であることも好ましく、アクリル酸とジカルボン酸又はジカルボン酸無水物との共重合体のアンモニウム塩、ナトリウム塩、又はアミン塩であることも好ましい。アクリル系樹脂は、1種類のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。 Various types of corrosion-resistant films formed by chemical conversion treatment are known, and are mainly at least one of phosphates, chromates, fluorides, triazine thiol compounds, and rare earth oxides. And a corrosion-resistant film containing Examples of the chemical conversion treatment using a phosphate or chromate include chromate chromate treatment, chromate phosphoric acid treatment, phosphoric acid-chromate treatment, chromate treatment, and the like. Examples of the compound include chromium nitrate, chromium fluoride, chromium sulfate, chromium acetate, chromium oxalate, chromium biphosphate, acetyl acetate chromate, chromium chloride, potassium chromium sulfate, and the like. Examples of the phosphorus compound used for these treatments include sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate, ammonium phosphate, polyphosphoric acid and the like. Examples of the chromate treatment include etching chromate treatment, electrolytic chromate treatment, and coating chromate treatment, and coating chromate treatment is preferable. In this coating type chromate treatment, at least the surface of the barrier layer (for example, aluminum alloy foil) on the inner layer side is first subjected to a well-known method such as an alkali dipping method, an electrolytic cleaning method, an acid cleaning method, an electrolytic acid cleaning method, and an acid activation method. A degreasing treatment is performed by a treatment method, and then a phosphate metal such as Cr (chromium) phosphate, Ti (titanium) phosphate, Zr (zirconium) phosphate, Zn (zinc) phosphate, etc. is applied to the degreased surface. A treatment liquid containing a salt and a mixture of these metal salts as a main component, or a treatment liquid containing a phosphoric acid non-metal salt and a mixture of these non-metal salts as a main component, or a combination thereof with a synthetic resin or the like. This is a treatment in which a treatment liquid composed of a mixture is applied by a well-known coating method such as a roll coating method, a gravure printing method, and a dipping method, and then dried. As the treatment liquid, various solvents such as water, alcohol solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, ether solvents can be used, and water is preferable. Examples of the resin component used at this time include polymers such as phenolic resins and acrylic resins, and aminated phenolic polymers having repeating units represented by the following general formulas (1) to (4) are used. Examples include the chromate treatment used. In the aminated phenol polymer, the repeating units represented by the following general formulas (1) to (4) may be contained alone or in any combination of two or more. Good. The acrylic resin should be polyacrylic acid, acrylic acid methacrylic acid ester copolymer, acrylic acid maleic acid copolymer, acrylic acid styrene copolymer, or derivatives of these sodium salts, ammonium salts, amine salts, etc. Is preferred. Particularly, a derivative of polyacrylic acid such as ammonium salt, sodium salt, or amine salt of polyacrylic acid is preferable. In the present disclosure, polyacrylic acid means a polymer of acrylic acid. Further, the acrylic resin is also preferably a copolymer of acrylic acid and a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid anhydride, an ammonium salt of the copolymer of acrylic acid and a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid anhydride, a sodium salt, Alternatively, it is also preferably an amine salt. Only one type of acrylic resin may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 一般式(1)~(4)中、Xは、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、ヒドロキシアルキル基、アリル基またはベンジル基を示す。また、R1及びR2は、それぞれ同一または異なって、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、またはヒドロキシアルキル基を示す。一般式(1)~(4)において、X、R1及びR2で示されるアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基などの炭素数1~4の直鎖または分枝鎖状アルキル基が挙げられる。また、X、R1及びR2で示されるヒドロキシアルキル基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシメチル基、1-ヒドロキシエチル基、2-ヒドロキシエチル基、1-ヒドロキシプロピル基、2-ヒドロキシプロピル基、3-ヒドロキシプロピル基、1-ヒドロキシブチル基、2-ヒドロキシブチル基、3-ヒドロキシブチル基、4-ヒドロキシブチル基などのヒドロキシ基が1個置換された炭素数1~4の直鎖または分枝鎖状アルキル基が挙げられる。一般式(1)~(4)において、X、R1及びR2で示されるアルキル基及びヒドロキシアルキル基は、それぞれ同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。一般式(1)~(4)において、Xは、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基またはヒドロキシアルキル基であることが好ましい。一般式(1)~(4)で表される繰り返し単位を有するアミノ化フェノール重合体の数平均分子量は、例えば、500~100万程度であることが好ましく、1000~2万程度であることがより好ましい。アミノ化フェノール重合体は、例えば、フェノール化合物又はナフトール化合物とホルムアルデヒドとを重縮合して上記一般式(1)又は一般式(3)で表される繰返し単位からなる重合体を製造し、次いでホルムアルデヒド及びアミン(R12NH)を用いて官能基(-CH2NR12)を上記で得られた重合体に導入することにより、製造される。アミノ化フェノール重合体は、1種単独で又は2種以上混合して使用される。 In formulas (1) to (4), X represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group, an allyl group or a benzyl group. R 1 and R 2 are the same or different and each represents a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, or a hydroxyalkyl group. In the general formulas (1) to (4), examples of the alkyl group represented by X, R 1 and R 2 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, Examples thereof include linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as tert-butyl group. Examples of the hydroxyalkyl group represented by X, R 1 and R 2 include, for example, hydroxymethyl group, 1-hydroxyethyl group, 2-hydroxyethyl group, 1-hydroxypropyl group, 2-hydroxypropyl group and 3-hydroxygroup. Linear or branched chain having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which is substituted with one hydroxy group such as hydroxypropyl group, 1-hydroxybutyl group, 2-hydroxybutyl group, 3-hydroxybutyl group, 4-hydroxybutyl group An alkyl group is mentioned. In the general formulas (1) to (4), the alkyl group and the hydroxyalkyl group represented by X, R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different. In the general formulas (1) to (4), X is preferably a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group or a hydroxyalkyl group. The number average molecular weight of the aminated phenol polymer having the repeating units represented by the general formulas (1) to (4) is, for example, preferably about 500 to 1,000,000, and more preferably about 1,000 to 20,000. More preferable. The aminated phenol polymer is produced by, for example, polycondensing a phenol compound or a naphthol compound with formaldehyde to produce a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) or (3), and then formaldehyde. And an amine (R 1 R 2 NH) to introduce a functional group (—CH 2 NR 1 R 2 ) into the polymer obtained above. The aminated phenol polymer is used alone or in combination of two or more.
 耐腐食性皮膜の他の例としては、希土類元素酸化物ゾル、アニオン性ポリマー、カチオン性ポリマーからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有するコーティング剤を塗工するコーティングタイプの腐食防止処理によって形成される薄膜が挙げられる。コーティング剤には、さらにリン酸またはリン酸塩、ポリマーを架橋させる架橋剤を含んでもよい。希土類元素酸化物ゾルには、液体分散媒中に希土類元素酸化物の微粒子(例えば、平均粒径100nm以下の粒子)が分散されている。希土類元素酸化物としては、酸化セリウム、酸化イットリウム、酸化ネオジウム、酸化ランタン等が挙げられ、密着性をより向上させる観点から酸化セリウムが好ましい。耐腐食性皮膜に含まれる希土類元素酸化物は1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。希土類元素酸化物ゾルの液体分散媒としては、例えば、水、アルコール系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤など各種溶媒を用いることができ、水が好ましい。カチオン性ポリマーとしては、例えば、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリエチレンイミンとカルボン酸を有するポリマーからなるイオン高分子錯体、アクリル主骨格に1級アミンをグラフト重合させた1級アミングラフトアクリル樹脂、ポリアリルアミンまたはその誘導体、アミノ化フェノールなどが好ましい。また、アニオン性ポリマーとしては、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸またはその塩、あるいは(メタ)アクリル酸またはその塩を主成分とする共重合体であることが好ましい。また、架橋剤が、イソシアネート基、グリシジル基、カルボキシル基、オキサゾリン基のいずれかの官能基を有する化合物とシランカップリング剤よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。また、前記リン酸またはリン酸塩が、縮合リン酸または縮合リン酸塩であることが好ましい。 Another example of the corrosion resistant film is formed by a coating type corrosion prevention treatment in which a coating agent containing at least one selected from the group consisting of rare earth element oxide sols, anionic polymers and cationic polymers is applied. A thin film is used. The coating agent may further contain phosphoric acid or phosphate, and a cross-linking agent that cross-links the polymer. In the rare earth element oxide sol, fine particles of rare earth element oxide (for example, particles having an average particle diameter of 100 nm or less) are dispersed in a liquid dispersion medium. Examples of the rare earth element oxide include cerium oxide, yttrium oxide, neodymium oxide, and lanthanum oxide, and cerium oxide is preferable from the viewpoint of further improving the adhesion. The rare earth element oxides contained in the corrosion resistant film may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the liquid dispersion medium of the rare earth element oxide sol, various solvents such as water, alcohol solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, ether solvents can be used, and water is preferable. Examples of the cationic polymer include polyethyleneimine, an ionic polymer complex composed of a polymer having polyethyleneimine and a carboxylic acid, a primary amine-grafted acrylic resin obtained by graft-polymerizing a primary amine on an acrylic main skeleton, polyallylamine or a derivative thereof. , Aminated phenol and the like are preferable. The anionic polymer is preferably poly(meth)acrylic acid or a salt thereof, or a copolymer containing (meth)acrylic acid or a salt thereof as a main component. Further, the crosslinking agent is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound having a functional group of any one of an isocyanate group, a glycidyl group, a carboxyl group and an oxazoline group, and a silane coupling agent. Further, the phosphoric acid or phosphate is preferably condensed phosphoric acid or condensed phosphate.
 耐腐食性皮膜の一例としては、リン酸中に、酸化アルミニウム、酸化チタン、酸化セリウム、酸化スズなどの金属酸化物や硫酸バリウムの微粒子を分散させたものをバリア層の表面に塗布し、150℃以上で焼付け処理を行うことにより形成したものが挙げられる。 As an example of the corrosion-resistant coating, a dispersion of metal oxides such as aluminum oxide, titanium oxide, cerium oxide, and tin oxide or fine particles of barium sulfate in phosphoric acid is applied to the surface of the barrier layer. Examples include those formed by performing a baking treatment at a temperature of not less than °C.
 耐腐食性皮膜は、必要に応じて、さらにカチオン性ポリマー及びアニオン性ポリマーの少なくとも一方を積層した積層構造としてもよい。カチオン性ポリマー、アニオン性ポリマーとしては、上述したものが挙げられる。 The corrosion-resistant film may have a laminated structure in which at least one of a cationic polymer and an anionic polymer is further laminated, if necessary. Examples of the cationic polymer and the anionic polymer include those mentioned above.
 なお、耐腐食性皮膜の組成の分析は、例えば、飛行時間型2次イオン質量分析法を用いて行うことができる。 Note that analysis of the composition of the corrosion resistant film can be performed using, for example, time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry.
 化成処理においてバリア層3の表面に形成させる耐腐食性皮膜の量については、特に制限されないが、例えば、塗布型クロメート処理を行う場合であれば、バリア層3の表面1m2当たり、クロム酸化合物がクロム換算で例えば0.5~50mg程度、好ましくは1.0~40mg程度、リン化合物がリン換算で例えば0.5~50mg程度、好ましくは1.0~40mg程度、及びアミノ化フェノール重合体が例えば1.0~200mg程度、好ましくは5.0~150mg程度の割合で含有されていることが望ましい。 The amount of the corrosion resistant film formed on the surface of the barrier layer 3 in the chemical conversion treatment is not particularly limited, but for example, in the case of performing the coating type chromate treatment, a chromic acid compound per 1 m 2 of the surface of the barrier layer 3 is used. Is about 0.5 to 50 mg, preferably about 1.0 to 40 mg in terms of chromium, and the phosphorus compound is about 0.5 to 50 mg, preferably about 1.0 to 40 mg in terms of phosphorus, and aminated phenol polymer. Is desirably contained in a ratio of, for example, about 1.0 to 200 mg, preferably about 5.0 to 150 mg.
 耐腐食性皮膜の厚みとしては、特に制限されないが、皮膜の凝集力や、バリア層や熱融着性樹脂層との密着力の観点から、好ましくは1nm~20μm程度、より好ましくは1nm~100nm程度、さらに好ましくは1nm~50nm程度が挙げられる。なお、耐腐食性皮膜の厚みは、透過電子顕微鏡による観察、または、透過電子顕微鏡による観察と、エネルギー分散型X線分光法もしくは電子線エネルギー損失分光法との組み合わせによって測定することができる。飛行時間型2次イオン質量分析法を用いた耐腐食性皮膜の組成の分析により、例えば、CeとPとOからなる2次イオン(例えば、Ce2PO4 +、CePO4 -などの少なくとも1種)や、例えば、CrとPとOからなる2次イオン(例えば、CrPO2 +、CrPO4 -などの少なくとも1種)に由来するピークが検出される。 The thickness of the corrosion-resistant coating is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the cohesive strength of the coating and the adhesion with the barrier layer and the heat-fusible resin layer, it is preferably about 1 nm to 20 μm, more preferably 1 nm to 100 nm. Degree, and more preferably about 1 nm to 50 nm. The thickness of the corrosion resistant film can be measured by observation with a transmission electron microscope, or a combination of observation with a transmission electron microscope and energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy or electron beam energy loss spectroscopy. By analysis of the composition of the corrosion-resistant coating using time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry, for example, at least one secondary ion consisting of Ce, P, and O (for example, Ce 2 PO 4 + , CePO 4 −, etc. Species) or, for example, a peak derived from a secondary ion composed of Cr, P, and O (for example, at least one of CrPO 2 + , CrPO 4 ) is detected.
 化成処理は、耐腐食性皮膜の形成に使用される化合物を含む溶液を、バーコート法、ロールコート法、グラビアコート法、浸漬法などによって、バリア層の表面に塗布した後に、バリア層の温度が70~200℃程度になるように加熱することにより行われる。また、バリア層に化成処理を施す前に、予めバリア層を、アルカリ浸漬法、電解洗浄法、酸洗浄法、電解酸洗浄法などによる脱脂処理に供してもよい。このように脱脂処理を行うことにより、バリア層の表面の化成処理をより効率的に行うことが可能となる。また、脱脂処理にフッ素含有化合物を無機酸で溶解させた酸脱脂剤を用いることで、金属箔の脱脂効果だけでなく不動態である金属のフッ化物を形成させることが可能であり、このような場合には脱脂処理だけを行ってもよい。 The chemical conversion treatment is carried out by applying a solution containing a compound used for forming a corrosion-resistant film to the surface of the barrier layer by a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a gravure coating method, an immersion method, or the like, and then applying the temperature of the barrier layer. Is carried out by heating so that the temperature becomes about 70 to 200°C. In addition, the barrier layer may be subjected to a degreasing treatment by an alkali dipping method, an electrolytic cleaning method, an acid cleaning method, an electrolytic acid cleaning method, or the like before the barrier layer is subjected to the chemical conversion treatment. By performing the degreasing treatment as described above, it becomes possible to more efficiently perform the chemical conversion treatment on the surface of the barrier layer. Further, by using an acid degreasing agent in which a fluorine-containing compound is dissolved in an inorganic acid for degreasing treatment, it is possible to form not only the degreasing effect of the metal foil but also a passive metal fluoride. In such cases, only degreasing treatment may be performed.
[熱融着性樹脂層4]
 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材において、熱融着性樹脂層4は、最内層に該当し、蓄電デバイスの組み立て時に熱融着性樹脂層同士が熱融着して蓄電デバイス素子を密封する機能を発揮する層(シーラント層)である。
[The heat-fusible resin layer 4]
In the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure, the heat-fusible resin layer 4 corresponds to the innermost layer, and the heat-fusible resin layers are heat-fused to each other during assembly of the electricity storage device to seal the electricity storage device element. It is a layer (sealant layer) that exerts.
 熱融着性樹脂層4を構成している樹脂については、熱融着可能であることを限度として特に制限されないが、ポリオレフィン、酸変性ポリオレフィンなどのポリオレフィン骨格を含む樹脂が好ましい。熱融着性樹脂層4を構成している樹脂がポリオレフィン骨格を含むことは、例えば、赤外分光法、ガスクロマトグラフィー質量分析法などにより分析可能である。また、熱融着性樹脂層4を構成している樹脂を赤外分光法で分析すると、無水マレイン酸に由来するピークが検出されることが好ましい。例えば、赤外分光法にて無水マレイン酸変性ポリオレフィンを測定すると、波数1760cm-1付近と波数1780cm-1付近に無水マレイン酸由来のピークが検出される。熱融着性樹脂層4が無水マレイン酸変性ポリオレフィンより構成された層である場合、赤外分光法にて測定すると、無水マレイン酸由来のピークが検出される。ただし、酸変性度が低いとピークが小さくなり検出されない場合がある。その場合は核磁気共鳴分光法にて分析可能である。 The resin constituting the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is not particularly limited as long as it can be heat-fused, but a resin containing a polyolefin skeleton such as polyolefin or acid-modified polyolefin is preferable. The fact that the resin constituting the heat-fusible resin layer 4 contains a polyolefin skeleton can be analyzed by, for example, infrared spectroscopy, gas chromatography mass spectrometry, or the like. Further, when the resin forming the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is analyzed by infrared spectroscopy, it is preferable that a peak derived from maleic anhydride is detected. For example, when measuring the infrared spectroscopy at a maleic anhydride-modified polyolefin, a peak derived from maleic acid is detected in the vicinity of the wave number of 1760 cm -1 and near the wave number 1780 cm -1. When the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is a layer composed of a maleic anhydride-modified polyolefin, a peak derived from maleic anhydride is detected when measured by infrared spectroscopy. However, if the degree of acid modification is low, the peak may be too small to be detected. In that case, it can be analyzed by nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy.
 ポリオレフィンとしては、具体的には、低密度ポリエチレン、中密度ポリエチレン、高密度ポリエチレン、線状低密度ポリエチレン等のポリエチレン;エチレン-αオレフィン共重合体;ホモポリプロピレン、ポリプロピレンのブロックコポリマー(例えば、プロピレンとエチレンのブロックコポリマー)、ポリプロピレンのランダムコポリマー(例えば、プロピレンとエチレンのランダムコポリマー)等のポリプロピレン;プロピレン-αオレフィン共重合体;エチレン-ブテン-プロピレンのターポリマー等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、ポリプロピレンが好ましい。共重合体である場合のポリオレフィン樹脂は、ブロック共重合体であってもよく、ランダム共重合体であってもよい。これらポリオレフィン系樹脂は、1種を単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 Specific examples of the polyolefin include polyethylene such as low-density polyethylene, medium-density polyethylene, high-density polyethylene, and linear low-density polyethylene; ethylene-α olefin copolymers; homopolypropylene, polypropylene block copolymers (for example, propylene and Examples thereof include ethylene block copolymers) and polypropylene random copolymers (for example, random copolymers of propylene and ethylene); propylene-α-olefin copolymers; ethylene-butene-propylene terpolymers. Of these, polypropylene is preferred. When the polyolefin resin is a copolymer, it may be a block copolymer or a random copolymer. These polyolefin resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 また、ポリオレフィンは、環状ポリオレフィンであってもよい。環状ポリオレフィンは、オレフィンと環状モノマーとの共重合体であり、前記環状ポリオレフィンの構成モノマーであるオレフィンとしては、例えば、エチレン、プロピレン、4-メチル-1-ペンテン、スチレン、ブタジエン、イソプレン等が挙げられる。また、環状ポリオレフィンの構成モノマーである環状モノマーとしては、例えば、ノルボルネン等の環状アルケン;シクロペンタジエン、ジシクロペンタジエン、シクロヘキサジエン、ノルボルナジエン等の環状ジエン等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、好ましくは環状アルケン、さらに好ましくはノルボルネンが挙げられる。 Also, the polyolefin may be a cyclic polyolefin. The cyclic polyolefin is a copolymer of an olefin and a cyclic monomer, and examples of the olefin which is a constituent monomer of the cyclic polyolefin include ethylene, propylene, 4-methyl-1-pentene, styrene, butadiene, isoprene and the like. To be Examples of the cyclic monomer that is a constituent monomer of the cyclic polyolefin include cyclic alkenes such as norbornene; cyclic dienes such as cyclopentadiene, dicyclopentadiene, cyclohexadiene and norbornadiene. Of these, cyclic alkenes are preferable, and norbornene is more preferable.
 酸変性ポリオレフィンとは、ポリオレフィンを酸成分でブロック重合又はグラフト重合することにより変性したポリマーである。酸変性されるポリオレフィンとしては、前記のポリオレフィンや、前記のポリオレフィンにアクリル酸若しくはメタクリル酸等の極性分子を共重合させた共重合体、又は、架橋ポリオレフィン等の重合体等も使用できる。また、酸変性に使用される酸成分としては、例えば、マレイン酸、アクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸等のカルボン酸またはその無水物が挙げられる。 Acid-modified polyolefin is a polymer modified by block or graft polymerization of polyolefin with an acid component. As the acid-modified polyolefin, the above polyolefin, a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing the above polyolefin with a polar molecule such as acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or a polymer such as a crosslinked polyolefin can be used. Examples of the acid component used for the acid modification include carboxylic acids such as maleic acid, acrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, maleic anhydride, and itaconic anhydride, or anhydrides thereof.
 酸変性ポリオレフィンは、酸変性環状ポリオレフィンであってもよい。酸変性環状ポリオレフィンとは、環状ポリオレフィンを構成するモノマーの一部を、酸成分に代えて共重合することにより、または環状ポリオレフィンに対して酸成分をブロック重合又はグラフト重合することにより得られるポリマーである。酸変性される環状ポリオレフィンについては、前記と同様である。また、酸変性に使用される酸成分としては、前記のポリオレフィンの変性に使用される酸成分と同様である。 The acid-modified polyolefin may be an acid-modified cyclic polyolefin. The acid-modified cyclic polyolefin is a polymer obtained by copolymerizing part of the monomers constituting the cyclic polyolefin in place of the acid component, or by block-polymerizing or graft-polymerizing the acid component with respect to the cyclic polyolefin. is there. The acid-modified cyclic polyolefin is the same as described above. The acid component used for the acid modification is the same as the acid component used for the modification of the polyolefin.
 好ましい酸変性ポリオレフィンとしては、カルボン酸またはその無水物で変性されたポリオレフィン、カルボン酸またはその無水物で変性されたポリプロピレン、無水マレイン酸変性ポリオレフィン、無水マレイン酸変性ポリプロピレンが挙げられる。 Preferred acid-modified polyolefins include polyolefins modified with carboxylic acids or their anhydrides, polypropylene modified with carboxylic acids or their anhydrides, maleic anhydride-modified polyolefins, maleic anhydride-modified polypropylenes.
 熱融着性樹脂層4は、1種の樹脂単独で形成してもよく、また2種以上の樹脂を組み合わせたブレンドポリマーにより形成してもよい。さらに、熱融着性樹脂層4は、1層のみで形成されていてもよいが、同一又は異なる樹脂によって2層以上で形成されていてもよい。 The heat-fusible resin layer 4 may be formed of one type of resin alone, or may be formed of a blend polymer in which two or more types of resins are combined. Furthermore, the heat-fusible resin layer 4 may be formed of only one layer, but may be formed of two or more layers of the same or different resin.
 また、熱融着性樹脂層4は、必要に応じて滑剤などを含んでいてもよい。熱融着性樹脂層4が滑剤を含む場合、蓄電デバイス用外装材の成形性を高め得る。滑剤としては、特に制限されず、公知の滑剤を用いることができる。滑剤は、1種単独で使用してもよく、また2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 Further, the heat-fusible resin layer 4 may contain a lubricant and the like, if necessary. When the heat-fusible resin layer 4 contains a lubricant, the formability of the exterior material for an electricity storage device can be improved. The lubricant is not particularly limited, and a known lubricant can be used. The lubricant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 滑剤としては、特に制限されないが、好ましくはアミド系滑剤が挙げられる。滑剤の具体例としては、基材層1で例示したものが挙げられる。滑剤は、1種類単独で使用してもよいし、2種類以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The lubricant is not particularly limited, but an amide lubricant is preferable. Specific examples of the lubricant include those exemplified for the base material layer 1. The lubricant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 熱融着性樹脂層4の表面に滑剤が存在する場合、その存在量としては、特に制限されないが、蓄電デバイス用外装材の成形性を高める観点からは、好ましくは10~50mg/m2程度、さらに好ましくは15~40mg/m2程度が挙げられる。 When a lubricant is present on the surface of the heat-fusible resin layer 4, the amount of the lubricant is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of enhancing the moldability of the exterior material for an electricity storage device, it is preferably about 10 to 50 mg/m 2. And more preferably about 15 to 40 mg/m 2 .
 熱融着性樹脂層4の表面に存在する滑剤は、熱融着性樹脂層4を構成する樹脂に含まれる滑剤を滲出させたものであってもよいし、熱融着性樹脂層4の表面に滑剤を塗布したものであってもよい。 The lubricant present on the surface of the heat-fusible resin layer 4 may be one in which the lubricant contained in the resin constituting the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is exuded, or the lubricant of the heat-fusible resin layer 4 The surface may be coated with a lubricant.
 また、熱融着性樹脂層4の厚みとしては、熱融着性樹脂層同士が熱融着して蓄電デバイス素子を密封する機能を発揮すれば特に制限されないが、例えば約100μm以下、好ましくは約85μm以下、より好ましくは15~85μm程度が挙げられる。なお、例えば、後述の接着層5の厚みが10μm以上である場合には、熱融着性樹脂層4の厚みとしては、好ましくは約85μm以下、より好ましくは15~45μm程度が挙げられ、例えば後述の接着層5の厚みが10μm未満である場合や接着層5が設けられていない場合には、熱融着性樹脂層4の厚みとしては、好ましくは約20μm以上、より好ましくは35~85μm程度が挙げられる。 The thickness of the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is not particularly limited as long as the heat-fusible resin layers have a function of heat-sealing each other and sealing the electricity storage device element, but for example, about 100 μm or less, preferably The thickness is about 85 μm or less, more preferably about 15 to 85 μm. Note that, for example, when the thickness of the adhesive layer 5 described later is 10 μm or more, the thickness of the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is preferably about 85 μm or less, more preferably about 15 to 45 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive layer 5 described later is less than 10 μm or when the adhesive layer 5 is not provided, the thickness of the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is preferably about 20 μm or more, more preferably 35 to 85 μm. The degree can be mentioned.
[接着層5]
 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材において、接着層5は、バリア層3(又は耐腐食性皮膜(耐酸性皮膜など))と熱融着性樹脂層4を強固に接着させるために、これらの間に必要に応じて設けられる層である。
[Adhesive layer 5]
In the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure, the adhesive layer 5 is provided between the barrier layer 3 (or the corrosion resistant film (such as an acid resistant film)) and the heat-fusible resin layer 4 in order to firmly bond them. It is a layer provided as necessary.
 接着層5は、バリア層3と熱融着性樹脂層4とを接着可能である樹脂によって形成される。接着層5の形成に使用される樹脂としては、例えば接着剤層2で例示した接着剤と同様のものが使用できる。なお、接着層5の形成に使用される樹脂としては、ポリオレフィン骨格を含んでいることが好ましく、前述の熱融着性樹脂層4で例示したポリオレフィン、酸変性ポリオレフィンが挙げられる。接着層5を構成している樹脂がポリオレフィン骨格を含むことは、例えば、赤外分光法、ガスクロマトグラフィー質量分析法などにより分析可能であり、分析方法は特に問わない。また、接着層5を構成している樹脂を赤外分光法で分析すると、無水マレイン酸に由来するピークが検出されることが好ましい。例えば、赤外分光法にて無水マレイン酸変性ポリオレフィンを測定すると、波数1760cm-1付近と波数1780cm-1付近に無水マレイン酸由来のピークが検出される。ただし、酸変性度が低いとピークが小さくなり検出されない場合がある。その場合は核磁気共鳴分光法にて分析可能である。 The adhesive layer 5 is formed of a resin that can bond the barrier layer 3 and the heat-fusible resin layer 4 together. As the resin used for forming the adhesive layer 5, for example, the same resins as those exemplified for the adhesive layer 2 can be used. The resin used for forming the adhesive layer 5 preferably contains a polyolefin skeleton, and examples thereof include the polyolefins and the acid-modified polyolefins described above as examples of the heat-fusible resin layer 4. The fact that the resin constituting the adhesive layer 5 contains a polyolefin skeleton can be analyzed by, for example, infrared spectroscopy, gas chromatography mass spectrometry, etc., and the analysis method is not particularly limited. In addition, when the resin forming the adhesive layer 5 is analyzed by infrared spectroscopy, it is preferable that a peak derived from maleic anhydride is detected. For example, when measuring the infrared spectroscopy at a maleic anhydride-modified polyolefin, a peak derived from maleic acid is detected in the vicinity of the wave number of 1760 cm -1 and near the wave number 1780 cm -1. However, if the degree of acid modification is low, the peak may be too small to be detected. In that case, it can be analyzed by nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy.
 バリア層3と熱融着性樹脂層4とを強固に接着する観点から、接着層5は、酸変性ポリオレフィンを含むことが好ましい。酸変性ポリオレフィンとしては、カルボン酸またはその無水物で変性されたポリオレフィン、カルボン酸またはその無水物で変性されたポリプロピレン、無水マレイン酸変性ポリオレフィン、無水マレイン酸変性ポリプロピレンが特に好ましい。 From the viewpoint of firmly adhering the barrier layer 3 and the heat-fusible resin layer 4, the adhesive layer 5 preferably contains an acid-modified polyolefin. As the acid-modified polyolefin, a polyolefin modified with a carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof, a polypropylene modified with a carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof, a maleic anhydride modified polyolefin, and a maleic anhydride modified polypropylene are particularly preferable.
 さらに、蓄電デバイス用外装材の厚みを薄くしつつ、成形後の形状安定性に優れた蓄電デバイス用外装材とする観点からは、接着層5は、酸変性ポリオレフィンと硬化剤を含む樹脂組成物の硬化物であることがより好ましい。酸変性ポリオレフィンとしては、好ましくは、前記のものが例示できる。 Further, from the viewpoint of making the exterior material for an electricity storage device thinner while also providing an exterior material for an electricity storage device excellent in shape stability after molding, the adhesive layer 5 is a resin composition containing an acid-modified polyolefin and a curing agent. It is more preferable that the cured product is. As the acid-modified polyolefin, those mentioned above can be preferably exemplified.
 また、接着層5は、酸変性ポリオレフィンと、イソシアネート基を有する化合物、オキサゾリン基を有する化合物、及びエポキシ基を有する化合物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種とを含む樹脂組成物の硬化物であることが好ましく、酸変性ポリオレフィンと、イソシアネート基を有する化合物及びエポキシ基を有する化合物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種とを含む樹脂組成物の硬化物であることが特に好ましい。また、接着層5は、ポリウレタン、ポリエステル、及びエポキシ樹脂からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、ポリウレタン及びエポキシ樹脂を含むことがより好ましい。ポリエステルとしては、例えばアミドエステル樹脂が好ましい。アミドエステル樹脂は、一般的にカルボキシル基とオキサゾリン基の反応で生成する。接着層5は、これらの樹脂のうち少なくとも1種と前記酸変性ポリオレフィンを含む樹脂組成物の硬化物であることがより好ましい。なお、接着層5に、イソシアネート基を有する化合物、オキサゾリン基を有する化合物、エポキシ樹脂などの硬化剤の未反応物が残存している場合、未反応物の存在は、例えば、赤外分光法、ラマン分光法、飛行時間型二次イオン質量分析法(TOF-SIMS)などから選択される方法で確認することが可能である。 The adhesive layer 5 is a cured product of a resin composition containing an acid-modified polyolefin and at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound having an isocyanate group, a compound having an oxazoline group, and a compound having an epoxy group. It is preferable that the cured product of the resin composition contains an acid-modified polyolefin and at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound having an isocyanate group and a compound having an epoxy group. The adhesive layer 5 preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, polyester, and epoxy resin, and more preferably contains polyurethane and epoxy resin. As the polyester, for example, an amide ester resin is preferable. The amide ester resin is generally produced by the reaction of a carboxyl group and an oxazoline group. The adhesive layer 5 is more preferably a cured product of a resin composition containing at least one of these resins and the acid-modified polyolefin. When unreacted compounds such as a compound having an isocyanate group, a compound having an oxazoline group, and a curing agent such as an epoxy resin remain in the adhesive layer 5, the presence of the unreacted substance is determined by, for example, infrared spectroscopy, It can be confirmed by a method selected from Raman spectroscopy, time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (TOF-SIMS), and the like.
 また、バリア層3と接着層5との密着性をより高める観点から、接着層5は、酸素原子、複素環、C=N結合、及びC-O-C結合からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を有する硬化剤を含む樹脂組成物の硬化物であることが好ましい。複素環を有する硬化剤としては、例えば、オキサゾリン基を有する硬化剤、エポキシ基を有する硬化剤などが挙げられる。また、C=N結合を有する硬化剤としては、オキサゾリン基を有する硬化剤、イソシアネート基を有する硬化剤などが挙げられる。また、C-O-C結合を有する硬化剤としては、オキサゾリン基を有する硬化剤、エポキシ基を有する硬化剤、ポリウレタンなどが挙げられる。接着層5がこれらの硬化剤を含む樹脂組成物の硬化物であることは、例えば、ガスクロマトグラフ質量分析(GCMS)、赤外分光法(IR)、飛行時間型二次イオン質量分析法(TOF-SIMS)、X線光電子分光法(XPS)などの方法で確認することができる。 Further, from the viewpoint of further improving the adhesiveness between the barrier layer 3 and the adhesive layer 5, the adhesive layer 5 is at least selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, a heterocycle, a C═N bond, and a C—O—C bond. It is preferably a cured product of a resin composition containing one type of curing agent. Examples of the curing agent having a heterocycle include a curing agent having an oxazoline group and a curing agent having an epoxy group. Examples of the curing agent having a C=N bond include a curing agent having an oxazoline group and a curing agent having an isocyanate group. Further, examples of the curing agent having a C—O—C bond include a curing agent having an oxazoline group, a curing agent having an epoxy group, and polyurethane. The fact that the adhesive layer 5 is a cured product of a resin composition containing these curing agents means, for example, gas chromatograph mass spectrometry (GCMS), infrared spectroscopy (IR), time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (TOF). -SIMS), X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) and the like.
 イソシアネート基を有する化合物としては、特に制限されないが、バリア層3と接着層5との密着性を効果的に高める観点からは、好ましくは多官能イソシアネート化合物が挙げられる。多官能イソシアネート化合物は、2つ以上のイソシアネート基を有する化合物であれば、特に限定されない。多官能イソシアネート系硬化剤の具体例としては、ペンタンジイソシアネート(PDI)、イソホロンジイソシアネート(IPDI)、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート(HDI)、トリレンジイソシアネート(TDI)、ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート(MDI)、これらをポリマー化やヌレート化したもの、これらの混合物や他ポリマーとの共重合物などが挙げられる。また、アダクト体、ビュレット体、イソシアヌレート体などが挙げられる。 The compound having an isocyanate group is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of effectively enhancing the adhesiveness between the barrier layer 3 and the adhesive layer 5, a polyfunctional isocyanate compound is preferable. The polyfunctional isocyanate compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having two or more isocyanate groups. Specific examples of the polyfunctional isocyanate-based curing agent include pentane diisocyanate (PDI), isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), and polymerization or nurate thereof. And the like, and mixtures thereof and copolymers with other polymers. Moreover, an adduct body, a burette body, an isocyanurate body, etc. are mentioned.
 接着層5における、イソシアネート基を有する化合物の含有量としては、接着層5を構成する樹脂組成物中、0.1~50質量%の範囲にあることが好ましく、0.5~40質量%の範囲にあることがより好ましい。これにより、バリア層3と接着層5との密着性を効果的に高めることができる。 The content of the compound having an isocyanate group in the adhesive layer 5 is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 50% by mass, and preferably 0.5 to 40% by mass in the resin composition constituting the adhesive layer 5. It is more preferable to be in the range. Thereby, the adhesiveness between the barrier layer 3 and the adhesive layer 5 can be effectively enhanced.
 オキサゾリン基を有する化合物は、オキサゾリン骨格を備える化合物であれば、特に限定されない。オキサゾリン基を有する化合物の具体例としては、ポリスチレン主鎖を有するもの、アクリル主鎖を有するものなどが挙げられる。また、市販品としては、例えば、日本触媒社製のエポクロスシリーズなどが挙げられる。 The compound having an oxazoline group is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having an oxazoline skeleton. Specific examples of the compound having an oxazoline group include those having a polystyrene main chain and those having an acrylic main chain. Examples of commercially available products include Epocros series manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.
 接着層5における、オキサゾリン基を有する化合物の割合としては、接着層5を構成する樹脂組成物中、0.1~50質量%の範囲にあることが好ましく、0.5~40質量%の範囲にあることがより好ましい。これにより、バリア層3と接着層5との密着性を効果的に高めることができる。 The ratio of the compound having an oxazoline group in the adhesive layer 5 is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 50% by mass, and in the range of 0.5 to 40% by mass in the resin composition constituting the adhesive layer 5. Is more preferable. Thereby, the adhesiveness between the barrier layer 3 and the adhesive layer 5 can be effectively enhanced.
 エポキシ基を有する化合物としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂が挙げられる。エポキシ樹脂としては、分子内に存在するエポキシ基によって架橋構造を形成することが可能な樹脂であれば、特に制限されず、公知のエポキシ樹脂を用いることができる。エポキシ樹脂の重量平均分子量としては、好ましくは50~2000程度、より好ましくは100~1000程度、さらに好ましくは200~800程度が挙げられる。なお、本開示において、エポキシ樹脂の重量平均分子量は、標準サンプルとしてポリスチレンを用いた条件で測定された、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィ(GPC)により測定された値である。 Examples of compounds having an epoxy group include epoxy resins. The epoxy resin is not particularly limited as long as it is a resin that can form a crosslinked structure by an epoxy group existing in the molecule, and a known epoxy resin can be used. The weight average molecular weight of the epoxy resin is preferably about 50 to 2000, more preferably about 100 to 1000, and further preferably about 200 to 800. In the present disclosure, the weight average molecular weight of the epoxy resin is a value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC), which is measured under the condition that polystyrene is used as a standard sample.
 エポキシ樹脂の具体例としては、トリメチロールプロパンのグリシジルエーテル誘導体、ビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテル、変性ビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテル、ノボラックグリシジルエーテル、グリセリンポリグリシジルエーテル、ポリグリセリンポリグリシジルエーテルなどが挙げられる。エポキシ樹脂は、1種類単独で使用してもよいし、2種類以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 Specific examples of the epoxy resin include a glycidyl ether derivative of trimethylolpropane, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, modified bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, novolac glycidyl ether, glycerin polyglycidyl ether, and polyglycerin polyglycidyl ether. The epoxy resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 接着層5における、エポキシ樹脂の割合としては、接着層5を構成する樹脂組成物中、0.1~50質量%の範囲にあることが好ましく、0.5~40質量%の範囲にあることがより好ましい。これにより、バリア層3と接着層5との密着性を効果的に高めることができる。 The proportion of the epoxy resin in the adhesive layer 5 is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 50% by mass, and in the range of 0.5 to 40% by mass in the resin composition constituting the adhesive layer 5. Is more preferable. Thereby, the adhesiveness between the barrier layer 3 and the adhesive layer 5 can be effectively enhanced.
 ポリウレタンとしては、特に制限されず、公知のポリウレタンを使用することができる。接着層5は、例えば、2液硬化型ポリウレタンの硬化物であってもよい。 The polyurethane is not particularly limited, and known polyurethane can be used. The adhesive layer 5 may be, for example, a cured product of two-component curing type polyurethane.
 接着層5における、ポリウレタンの割合としては、接着層5を構成する樹脂組成物中、0.1~50質量%の範囲にあることが好ましく、0.5~40質量%の範囲にあることがより好ましい。これにより、電解液などのバリア層の腐食を誘発する成分が存在する雰囲気における、バリア層3と接着層5との密着性を効果的に高めることができる。 The proportion of polyurethane in the adhesive layer 5 is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 50% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 40% by mass in the resin composition constituting the adhesive layer 5. More preferable. As a result, the adhesiveness between the barrier layer 3 and the adhesive layer 5 can be effectively increased in an atmosphere in which a component that induces corrosion of the barrier layer, such as an electrolytic solution, exists.
 なお、接着層5が、イソシアネート基を有する化合物、オキサゾリン基を有する化合物、及びエポキシ樹脂からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種と、前記酸変性ポリオレフィンとを含む樹脂組成物の硬化物である場合、酸変性ポリオレフィンが主剤として機能し、イソシアネート基を有する化合物、オキサゾリン基を有する化合物、及びエポキシ基を有する化合物は、それぞれ、硬化剤として機能する。 When the adhesive layer 5 is a cured product of a resin composition containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound having an isocyanate group, a compound having an oxazoline group, and an epoxy resin, and the acid-modified polyolefin. The acid-modified polyolefin functions as a main agent, and the compound having an isocyanate group, the compound having an oxazoline group, and the compound having an epoxy group each function as a curing agent.
 接着層5の厚さは、好ましくは、約50μm以下、約40μm以下、約30μm以下、約20μm以下、約5μm以下である。また、接着層5の厚さは、好ましくは、約0.1μm以上、約0.5μm以上である。当該厚さの範囲としては、好ましくは、0.1~50μm程度、0.1~40μm程度、0.1~30μm程度、0.1~20μm程度、0.1~5μm程度、0.5~50μm程度、0.5~40μm程度、0.5~30μm程度、0.5~20μm程度、0.5~5μm程度が挙げられる。より具体的には、接着剤層2で例示した接着剤や、酸変性ポリオレフィンと硬化剤との硬化物である場合は、好ましくは1~10μm程度、より好ましくは1~5μm程度が挙げられる。また、熱融着性樹脂層4で例示した樹脂を用いる場合であれば、好ましくは2~50μm程度、より好ましくは10~40μm程度が挙げられる。なお、接着層5が接着剤層2で例示した接着剤や、酸変性ポリオレフィンと硬化剤を含む樹脂組成物の硬化物である場合、例えば、当該樹脂組成物を塗布し、加熱等により硬化させることにより、接着層5を形成することができる。また、熱融着性樹脂層4で例示した樹脂を用いる場合、例えば、熱融着性樹脂層4と接着層5との押出成形により形成することができる。 The thickness of the adhesive layer 5 is preferably about 50 μm or less, about 40 μm or less, about 30 μm or less, about 20 μm or less, about 5 μm or less. The thickness of the adhesive layer 5 is preferably about 0.1 μm or more and about 0.5 μm or more. The thickness range is preferably about 0.1 to 50 μm, about 0.1 to 40 μm, about 0.1 to 30 μm, about 0.1 to 20 μm, about 0.1 to 5 μm, about 0.5 to Examples include about 50 μm, about 0.5 to 40 μm, about 0.5 to 30 μm, about 0.5 to 20 μm, about 0.5 to 5 μm. More specifically, in the case of the adhesive exemplified in the adhesive layer 2 or a cured product of an acid-modified polyolefin and a curing agent, it is preferably about 1 to 10 μm, more preferably about 1 to 5 μm. When the resin exemplified in the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is used, it is preferably about 2 to 50 μm, more preferably about 10 to 40 μm. When the adhesive layer 5 is a cured product of the adhesive exemplified in the adhesive layer 2 or a resin composition containing an acid-modified polyolefin and a curing agent, for example, the resin composition is applied and cured by heating or the like. As a result, the adhesive layer 5 can be formed. When the resin exemplified in the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is used, the heat-fusible resin layer 4 and the adhesive layer 5 can be formed by extrusion molding, for example.
[表面被覆層6]
 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材は、意匠性、耐電解液性、耐傷性、成形性などの向上の少なくとも一つを目的として、必要に応じて、基材層1の上(基材層1のバリア層3とは反対側)に、表面被覆層6を備えていてもよい。表面被覆層6は、蓄電デバイス用外装材を用いて蓄電デバイスを組み立てた時に、蓄電デバイス用外装材の最外層側に位置する層である。前記の通り、本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材において、バリア層よりも外側に青色剤を含む層を備えていることにより、イエロールーム内の光源下において、表面に印刷された識別標識の識別性に優れた効果が発揮される。ただし、蓄電デバイス用外装材が僅かに青色を呈して色ムラが視認される場合もあるが、本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材の最外層に表面被覆層6が設けられている場合、表面被覆層が光を拡散して光沢を抑制する効果を奏するため、色ムラの発生が抑制され、見た目の均一性が高められるという利点がある。一方、本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材の最外層に表面被覆層6を有していない場合、蓄電デバイス用外装材の表面の光沢が高く、傷が目立ち易いが、表面被覆層6が設けられている場合、表面被覆層が光を拡散して光沢を抑制する効果を奏するため、傷が目立ちにくいという利点もある。これらの利点は、表面被覆層6が後述の添加剤(特に艶消剤)を含んでいる場合に、特に発揮されやすい。
[Surface coating layer 6]
The exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure is, if necessary, on the base material layer 1 (base material layer 1 for the purpose of at least one of improvement in designability, electrolytic solution resistance, scratch resistance, moldability, etc.). The surface coating layer 6 may be provided on the side opposite to the barrier layer 3). The surface coating layer 6 is a layer located on the outermost layer side of the exterior material for an electricity storage device when the electricity storage device is assembled using the exterior material for an electricity storage device. As described above, in the electricity storage device exterior material of the present disclosure, by providing the layer containing the blue colorant outside the barrier layer, under the light source in the yellow room, the identification property of the identification mark printed on the surface is improved. The excellent effect is exhibited. However, although the exterior material for an electricity storage device may be slightly blue and color unevenness may be visually recognized, when the surface coating layer 6 is provided as the outermost layer of the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure, the surface coating is performed. Since the layer has an effect of diffusing light and suppressing gloss, there is an advantage that occurrence of color unevenness is suppressed and appearance uniformity is enhanced. On the other hand, when the outermost layer of the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure does not have the surface coating layer 6, the surface of the exterior material for an electricity storage device is high in gloss and scratches are easily noticeable, but the surface coating layer 6 is provided. In this case, since the surface coating layer has an effect of diffusing light and suppressing gloss, there is also an advantage that scratches are less noticeable. These advantages are particularly likely to be exhibited when the surface coating layer 6 contains the below-described additive (particularly a matting agent).
 また、本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材においては、表面被覆層6を黒色に着色することによって、外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材とした上で、前述の青色剤を配合して、バリア層3よりも外側に位置する、青色剤を含む層とすることができる。例えば、表面被覆層6を黒色に着色することによって、外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材とした上で、表面被覆層6に青色剤を配合して、蓄電デバイス用外装材10の色味を調整して、前述の識別性を高めることができる。なお、識別性を高める観点から、表面被覆層6に青色剤を配合した上で、さらに、表面被覆層6に含まれる着色剤の種類や含有量などの組成、基材層1、必要に応じて設けられる接着剤層2や着色層21などのバリア層3よりも外側に位置する層の組成、さらには、後述する蓄電デバイス用外装材のエージング処理条件などを調整することにより、蓄電デバイス用外装材10の色味を調整することができる。 Further, in the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure, the surface coating layer 6 is colored in black to form an exterior material for an electricity storage device having a black appearance, and then the above-mentioned blue agent is mixed to form a barrier. It may be a layer containing a blue colorant, which is located outside the layer 3. For example, the surface coating layer 6 is colored black to form an exterior material for an electricity storage device that has a black appearance, and then a blue agent is added to the surface coating layer 6 to give the tint of the exterior material 10 for an electricity storage device. Can be adjusted to enhance the distinguishability described above. From the viewpoint of enhancing the distinctiveness, after the surface coating layer 6 is blended with a blue colorant, the composition such as the type and content of the colorant contained in the surface coating layer 6, the base layer 1, and if necessary. For the electricity storage device by adjusting the composition of the layer located outside the barrier layer 3 such as the adhesive layer 2 and the colored layer 21 provided as well as the aging condition of the exterior material for the electricity storage device described later. The color of the exterior material 10 can be adjusted.
 表面被覆層6は、例えば、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリエステル、ポリウレタン、アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂などの樹脂により形成することができる。 The surface coating layer 6 can be formed of a resin such as polyvinylidene chloride, polyester, polyurethane, acrylic resin, or epoxy resin.
 表面被覆層6を形成する樹脂が硬化型の樹脂である場合、当該樹脂は、1液硬化型及び2液硬化型のいずれであってもよいが、好ましくは2液硬化型である。2液硬化型樹脂としては、例えば、2液硬化型ポリウレタン、2液硬化型ポリエステル、2液硬化型エポキシ樹脂などが挙げられる。これらの中でも2液硬化型ポリウレタンが好ましい。 When the resin forming the surface coating layer 6 is a curable resin, the resin may be either a one-component curing type or a two-component curing type, but is preferably a two-component curing type. Examples of the two-component curing type resin include two-component curing type polyurethane, two-component curing type polyester, and two-component curing type epoxy resin. Of these, two-component curing type polyurethane is preferable.
 2液硬化型ポリウレタンとしては、例えば、ポリオール化合物を含有する主剤と、イソシアネート化合物を含有する硬化剤とを含むポリウレタンが挙げられる。好ましくはポリエステルポリオール、ポリエーテルポリオール、およびアクリルポリオール等のポリオールを主剤として、芳香族系又は脂肪族系のポリイソシアネートを硬化剤とした二液硬化型のポリウレタンが挙げられる。また、ポリオール化合物としては、繰り返し単位の末端の水酸基に加えて、側鎖にも水酸基を有するポリエステルポリオールを用いることが好ましい。硬化剤としては、脂肪族、脂環式、芳香族、芳香脂肪族のイソシアネート系化合物が挙げられる。イソシアネート系化合物としては、例えばヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート(HDI)キシリレンジイソシアネート(XDI)、イソホロンジイソシアネート(IPDI)、水素化XDI(H6XDI)、水素化MDI(H12MDI)、トリレンジイソシアネート(TDI)、ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート(MDI)、ナフタレンジイソシアネート(NDI)等が挙げられる。また、これらのジイソシアネートの1種類又は2種類以上からの多官能イソシアネート変性体等が挙げられる。また、ポリイソシアネート化合物として多量体(例えば三量体)を使用することもできる。このような多量体には、アダクト体、ビウレット体、ヌレート体等が挙げられる。表面被覆層6がポリウレタンにより形成されていることで蓄電デバイス用外装材に優れた電解液耐性が付与される。 The two-component curing type polyurethane includes, for example, a polyurethane containing a base compound containing a polyol compound and a curing agent containing an isocyanate compound. Preferred is a two-component curing type polyurethane having a polyol such as a polyester polyol, a polyether polyol and an acrylic polyol as a main component and an aromatic or aliphatic polyisocyanate as a curing agent. Further, as the polyol compound, it is preferable to use a polyester polyol having a hydroxyl group at the side chain in addition to the hydroxyl group at the terminal of the repeating unit. Examples of the curing agent include aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic and araliphatic isocyanate compounds. Examples of the isocyanate compound include hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI) xylylene diisocyanate (XDI), isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), hydrogenated XDI (H6XDI), hydrogenated MDI (H12MDI), tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), diphenylmethane diisocyanate ( MDI), naphthalene diisocyanate (NDI) and the like. Moreover, the polyfunctional isocyanate modified body etc. from 1 type or 2 types or more of these diisocyanates are mentioned. Further, a multimer (for example, trimer) can be used as the polyisocyanate compound. Examples of such a multimer include an adduct body, a biuret body, and a nurate body. Since the surface coating layer 6 is made of polyurethane, excellent electrolytic solution resistance is imparted to the exterior material for an electricity storage device.
 表面被覆層6は、表面被覆層6の表面及び内部の少なくとも一方には、該表面被覆層6やその表面に備えさせるべき機能性等に応じて、必要に応じて、前述した滑剤や着色剤、アンチブロッキング剤、艶消し剤、難燃剤、酸化防止剤、粘着付与剤、耐電防止剤等の添加剤を含んでいてもよい。添加剤としては、例えば、平均粒子径が0.5nm~5μm程度の微粒子が挙げられる。添加剤の平均粒子径は、レーザ回折/散乱式粒子径分布測定装置で測定されたメジアン径とする。 The surface coating layer 6 is provided on at least one of the surface and the inside of the surface coating layer 6 depending on the surface coating layer 6 and the functionality to be provided on the surface, and if necessary, the above-mentioned lubricant and colorant. , An anti-blocking agent, a matting agent, a flame retardant, an antioxidant, a tackifier, and an antistatic agent may be added. Examples of the additive include fine particles having an average particle diameter of about 0.5 nm to 5 μm. The average particle diameter of the additive is a median diameter measured by a laser diffraction/scattering type particle diameter distribution measuring device.
 添加剤は、無機物及び有機物のいずれであってもよい。また、添加剤の形状についても、特に制限されず、例えば、球状、繊維状、板状、不定形、鱗片状などが挙げられる。 The additive may be an inorganic substance or an organic substance. Also, the shape of the additive is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include spherical shape, fibrous shape, plate shape, amorphous shape, and scale shape.
 添加剤の具体例としては、タルク、シリカ、グラファイト、カオリン、モンモリロナイト、マイカ、ハイドロタルサイト、シリカゲル、ゼオライト、水酸化アルミニウム、水酸化マグネシウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化マグネシウム、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ネオジウム、酸化アンチモン、酸化チタン、酸化セリウム、硫酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム、炭酸カルシウム、ケイ酸カルシウム、炭酸リチウム、安息香酸カルシウム、シュウ酸カルシウム、ステアリン酸マグネシウム、アルミナ、カーボンブラック、カーボンナノチューブ、高融点ナイロン、アクリレート樹脂、架橋アクリル、架橋スチレン、架橋ポリエチレン、ベンゾグアナミン、金、アルミニウム、銅、ニッケルなどが挙げられる。添加剤は、1種単独で使用してもよく、また2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。これらの添加剤の中でも、識別性を向上させる観点から、炭酸カルシウムを使用することが好ましい。炭酸カルシウムは青味を帯びているため、表面被覆層の添加剤として使用することで、より青味を帯びさせることが可能となる。また、添加剤としてシリカと炭酸カルシウムを混合して使用することが好ましい。シリカを表面被覆層の添加剤として使用することで反射光を拡散しやすくし、蓄電デバイス用外装材の外観に、より青味を帯びさせることが可能となる。また、これらの添加剤の中でも、分散安定性やコストなどの観点からは、好ましくはシリカ、硫酸バリウム、酸化チタンが挙げられる。また、添加剤には、表面に絶縁処理、高分散性処理などの各種表面処理を施してもよい。 Specific examples of the additive include talc, silica, graphite, kaolin, montmorillonite, mica, hydrotalcite, silica gel, zeolite, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, aluminum oxide, neodymium oxide, antimony oxide. , Titanium oxide, cerium oxide, calcium sulfate, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, calcium silicate, lithium carbonate, calcium benzoate, calcium oxalate, magnesium stearate, alumina, carbon black, carbon nanotubes, high melting point nylon, acrylate resin, Examples include crosslinked acrylic, crosslinked styrene, crosslinked polyethylene, benzoguanamine, gold, aluminum, copper and nickel. The additives may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these additives, calcium carbonate is preferably used from the viewpoint of improving the distinguishability. Since calcium carbonate is bluish, it can be made more bluish by using it as an additive for the surface coating layer. Further, it is preferable to use silica and calcium carbonate mixed as an additive. By using silica as an additive for the surface coating layer, the reflected light can be easily diffused, and the outer appearance of the electricity storage device exterior can be made more bluish. Among these additives, silica, barium sulfate and titanium oxide are preferable from the viewpoint of dispersion stability and cost. Further, the additive may be subjected to various surface treatments such as insulation treatment and high dispersibility treatment on the surface.
 表面被覆層6が着色剤を含む場合、着色剤としては、顔料、染料などの公知のものが使用できる。また、着色剤は、1種類のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。表面被覆層6に含まれる着色剤の具体例としては、[接着剤層2]の欄で例示したものと同じものが例示される。また、表面被覆層6に含まれる着色剤の好ましい含有量についても、[接着剤層2]の欄で記載した含有量と同じである。 When the surface coating layer 6 contains a coloring agent, known coloring agents such as pigments and dyes can be used. In addition, as the colorant, only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be mixed and used. Specific examples of the colorant contained in the surface coating layer 6 are the same as those exemplified in the section of [Adhesive layer 2]. The preferable content of the colorant contained in the surface coating layer 6 is also the same as the content described in the section of [Adhesive layer 2].
 例えば、表面被覆層6に黒色剤を配合する場合、表面被覆層6における黒色剤の含有量としては、蓄電デバイス用外装材が黒色に着色されれば特に制限されず、例えば5~60質量%程度、好ましくは10~40質量%が挙げられる。また、表面被覆層6に青色剤を配合する場合、表面被覆層6における青色剤の含有量としては、蓄電デバイス用外装材が黒色に着色されれば特に制限されず、例えば0.5~30質量%程度、好ましくは1~20質量%が挙げられる。 For example, when the surface coating layer 6 is blended with a black agent, the content of the black agent in the surface coating layer 6 is not particularly limited as long as the exterior material for an electricity storage device is colored black, and is, for example, 5 to 60% by mass. The amount is preferably about 10 to 40% by mass. When a blue agent is added to the surface coating layer 6, the content of the blue agent in the surface coating layer 6 is not particularly limited as long as the exterior material for an electricity storage device is colored black, and is, for example, 0.5 to 30. The amount is about mass%, preferably 1 to 20 mass%.
 また、例えば、表面被覆層6に黒色剤と青色剤を配合する場合、表面被覆層6における黒色剤と青色剤の割合については、黒色剤を100質量部として、青色剤の割合は、好ましくは約0.1質量以上、より好ましくは約1質量部以上、さらに好ましくは約10質量部以上である。また、当該青色剤の割合は、好ましくは約150質量部以下、より好ましくは約100質量部以下である。また、当該青色剤の好ましい範囲は、0.1~150質量部程度、0.1~100質量部程度、1~150質量部程度、1~100質量部程度、10~150質量部程度、10~100質量部程度である。 Further, for example, when the surface coating layer 6 is mixed with a black agent and a blue agent, the ratio of the black agent and the blue agent in the surface coating layer 6 is preferably 100 parts by mass of the black agent, and the ratio of the blue agent is preferably. It is about 0.1 part by mass or more, more preferably about 1 part by mass or more, still more preferably about 10 parts by mass or more. The ratio of the blue colorant is preferably about 150 parts by mass or less, more preferably about 100 parts by mass or less. The preferred range of the blue colorant is about 0.1 to 150 parts by mass, about 0.1 to 100 parts by mass, about 1 to 150 parts by mass, about 1 to 100 parts by mass, about 10 to 150 parts by mass, 10 It is about 100 parts by mass.
 表面被覆層6を形成する方法としては、特に制限されず、例えば、表面被覆層6を形成する樹脂を塗布する方法が挙げられる。表面被覆層6に添加剤を配合する場合には、添加剤を混合した樹脂を塗布すればよい。 The method of forming the surface coating layer 6 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of applying a resin forming the surface coating layer 6. When the surface coating layer 6 contains an additive, a resin mixed with the additive may be applied.
 表面被覆層6の厚みとしては、表面被覆層6としての上記の機能を発揮すれば特に制限されず、例えば0.5~10μm程度、好ましくは1~5μm程度が挙げられる。 The thickness of the surface coating layer 6 is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits the above-mentioned functions as the surface coating layer 6, and is, for example, about 0.5 to 10 μm, preferably about 1 to 5 μm.
 例えば接着剤層が、黒色に着色した層である場合には、接着剤層よりも外側に位置する表面被覆層は、透明又は半透明であることが好ましい。 For example, when the adhesive layer is a layer colored black, the surface coating layer located outside the adhesive layer is preferably transparent or translucent.
3.蓄電デバイス用外装材の製造方法
 蓄電デバイス用外装材の製造方法については、本発明の蓄電デバイス用外装材が備える各層を積層させた積層体が得られる限り、特に制限されず、少なくとも、基材層1、バリア層3、及び熱融着性樹脂層4がこの順となるように積層する工程を備える方法が挙げられる。具体的には、本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材の製造方法は、外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材の製造方法であって、外側から順に、少なくとも、基材層と、バリア層と、熱融着性樹脂層とが積層された積層体を得る工程を備えており、前記積層体は、前記バリア層よりも外側に、青色剤を含む層を備えている。
3. The preparation method of the production method for an electricity storage device exterior material of the outer package for a power storage device, as long as the laminate exterior material for a power storage device formed by laminating the layers with the present invention are obtained is not particularly limited, at least, the substrate The method includes a step of laminating the layer 1, the barrier layer 3, and the heat-fusible resin layer 4 in this order. Specifically, a method for manufacturing an exterior material for an electricity storage device according to the present disclosure is a method for producing an exterior material for an electricity storage device having a black appearance, and at least a base material layer and a barrier layer in order from the outside. The method includes a step of obtaining a laminated body in which a heat-fusible resin layer is laminated, and the laminated body includes a layer containing a blue colorant outside the barrier layer.
 本発明の蓄電デバイス用外装材の製造方法の一例としては、以下の通りである。まず、基材層1、接着剤層2、バリア層3が順に積層された積層体(以下、「積層体A」と表記することもある)を形成する。積層体Aの形成は、具体的には、基材層1上又は必要に応じて表面が化成処理されたバリア層3に接着剤層2の形成に使用される接着剤を、グラビアコート法、ロールコート法などの塗布方法で塗布、乾燥した後に、当該バリア層3又は基材層1を積層させて接着剤層2を硬化させるドライラミネート法によって行うことができる。 The following is an example of a method for manufacturing the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present invention. First, a laminated body in which the base material layer 1, the adhesive layer 2, and the barrier layer 3 are laminated in order (hereinafter, also referred to as “laminated body A”) is formed. Specifically, the laminate A is formed by applying the adhesive used for forming the adhesive layer 2 on the base material layer 1 or the barrier layer 3 whose surface has been subjected to chemical conversion treatment, as required by the gravure coating method, It can be performed by a dry laminating method in which the barrier layer 3 or the base material layer 1 is laminated and the adhesive layer 2 is cured after coating and drying by a coating method such as a roll coating method.
 次いで、積層体Aのバリア層3上に、熱融着性樹脂層4を積層させる。バリア層3上に熱融着性樹脂層4を直接積層させる場合には、積層体Aのバリア層3上に、熱融着性樹脂層4をサーマルラミネート法、押出ラミネート法などの方法により積層すればよい。また、バリア層3と熱融着性樹脂層4の間に接着層5を設ける場合には、例えば、(1)積層体Aのバリア層3上に、接着層5及び熱融着性樹脂層4を押出しすることにより積層する方法(共押出しラミネート法、タンデムラミネート法)、(2)別途、接着層5と熱融着性樹脂層4が積層した積層体を形成し、これを積層体Aのバリア層3上にサーマルラミネート法により積層する方法や、積層体Aのバリア層3上に接着層5が積層した積層体を形成し、これを熱融着性樹脂層4とサーマルラミネート法により積層する方法、(3)積層体Aのバリア層3と、予めシート状に製膜した熱融着性樹脂層4との間に、溶融させた接着層5を流し込みながら、接着層5を介して積層体Aと熱融着性樹脂層4を貼り合せる方法(サンドイッチラミネート法)、(4)積層体Aのバリア層3上に、接着層5を形成させるための接着剤を溶液コーティングし、乾燥させる方法や、さらには焼き付ける方法などにより積層させ、この接着層5上に予めシート状に製膜した熱融着性樹脂層4を積層する方法などが挙げられる。 Next, the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is laminated on the barrier layer 3 of the laminate A. When the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is directly laminated on the barrier layer 3, the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is laminated on the barrier layer 3 of the laminate A by a method such as a thermal laminating method or an extrusion laminating method. do it. When the adhesive layer 5 is provided between the barrier layer 3 and the heat-fusible resin layer 4, for example, (1) the adhesive layer 5 and the heat-fusible resin layer are provided on the barrier layer 3 of the laminate A. Method of laminating by extruding 4 (coextrusion laminating method, tandem laminating method), (2) Separately, a laminated body in which the adhesive layer 5 and the heat-fusible resin layer 4 are laminated is formed, and the laminated body A By a thermal lamination method, or by forming a laminated body in which the adhesive layer 5 is laminated on the barrier layer 3 of the laminated body A, and by using the thermal fusion bonding resin layer 4 and the thermal lamination method. Method of Laminating, (3) While pouring the melted adhesive layer 5 between the barrier layer 3 of the laminate A and the heat-fusible resin layer 4 which is formed into a sheet in advance, the adhesive layer 5 is interposed. The laminate A and the heat-fusible resin layer 4 are laminated together (sandwich laminating method), (4) the barrier layer 3 of the laminate A is solution-coated with an adhesive for forming the adhesive layer 5, Examples thereof include a method of drying, a method of further baking, and a method of laminating the heat-fusible resin layer 4 formed in advance into a sheet on the adhesive layer 5.
 表面被覆層6を設ける場合には、基材層1のバリア層3とは反対側の表面に、表面被覆層6を積層する。表面被覆層6は、例えば表面被覆層6を形成する上記の樹脂を基材層1の表面に塗布することにより形成することができる。なお、基材層1の表面にバリア層3を積層する工程と、基材層1の表面に表面被覆層6を積層する工程の順番は、特に制限されない。例えば、基材層1の表面に表面被覆層6を形成した後、基材層1の表面被覆層6とは反対側の表面にバリア層3を形成してもよい。 When the surface coating layer 6 is provided, the surface coating layer 6 is laminated on the surface of the base material layer 1 opposite to the barrier layer 3. The surface coating layer 6 can be formed, for example, by applying the above-mentioned resin forming the surface coating layer 6 to the surface of the base material layer 1. The order of the step of laminating the barrier layer 3 on the surface of the base material layer 1 and the step of laminating the surface coating layer 6 on the surface of the base material layer 1 is not particularly limited. For example, after forming the surface coating layer 6 on the surface of the base material layer 1, the barrier layer 3 may be formed on the surface of the base material layer 1 opposite to the surface coating layer 6.
 上記のようにして、外側から順に、必要に応じて設けられる表面被覆層6/基材層1/必要に応じて設けられる接着剤層2/バリア層3/必要に応じて設けられる接着層5/熱融着性樹脂層4を備える積層体が形成されるが、必要に応じて設けられる接着剤層2及び接着層5の接着性を強固にするために、さらに、加熱処理に供してもよい。 As described above, in order from the outside, the surface coating layer 6/the base material layer 1/the adhesive layer 2/the barrier layer 3/if necessary, which is provided as needed/the adhesive layer 5 is provided if necessary. / A laminated body including the heat-fusible resin layer 4 is formed, but in order to strengthen the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer 2 and the adhesive layer 5 which are provided as necessary, they may be further subjected to a heat treatment. Good.
 蓄電デバイス用外装材において、積層体を構成する各層には、必要に応じて、コロナ処理、ブラスト処理、酸化処理、オゾン処理などの表面活性化処理を施すことにより加工適性を向上させてもよい。例えば、基材層1のバリア層3とは反対側の表面にコロナ処理を施すことにより、基材層1表面へのインクの印刷適性を向上させることができる。 In the exterior material for an electricity storage device, each layer constituting the laminate may be subjected to surface activation treatment such as corona treatment, blast treatment, oxidation treatment, or ozone treatment, if necessary, to improve processability. .. For example, the printability of the ink on the surface of the base material layer 1 can be improved by performing corona treatment on the surface of the base material layer 1 opposite to the barrier layer 3.
 蓄電デバイス用外装材は、各層を積層した後、エージング処理に供することが好ましい。蓄電デバイス用外装材のエージング処理条件を変化させることにより、外観が黒色の蓄電デバイス用外装材の色味を変化させることができる。このため、色味を調整することを目的として、エージング処理条件を選択することが好ましい。エージング処理条件の調整項目としては、例えば、昇温速度、加熱温度、加熱時間、前処理の有無やその温度などが挙げられる。なお、エージング処理条件によって色味が変化する主たる要因としては、蓄電デバイス用外装材に含まれる着色剤の凝集の程度がエージング処理条件によって変化することが挙げられる。 It is preferable that the exterior material for an electricity storage device is subjected to an aging treatment after each layer is laminated. By changing the aging condition of the exterior material for an electricity storage device, the tint of the exterior material for an electricity storage device having a black appearance can be changed. Therefore, it is preferable to select the aging treatment condition for the purpose of adjusting the color. Examples of adjustment items for the aging treatment conditions include a temperature rising rate, a heating temperature, a heating time, the presence or absence of pretreatment, and the temperature thereof. In addition, as a main factor that the tint changes depending on the aging treatment conditions, it is mentioned that the degree of aggregation of the colorant contained in the exterior material for the electricity storage device changes depending on the aging treatment conditions.
4.蓄電デバイス用外装材の用途
 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材は、正極、負極、電解質等の蓄電デバイス素子を密封して収容するための包装体に使用される。すなわち、本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材によって形成された包装体中に、少なくとも正極、負極、及び電解質を備えた蓄電デバイス素子を収容して、蓄電デバイスとすることができる。
4. Application of Exterior Material for Electric Storage Device The exterior material for an electric storage device according to the present disclosure is used for a package for hermetically containing an electric storage device element such as a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and an electrolyte. That is, a power storage device can be obtained by accommodating a power storage device element including at least a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and an electrolyte in a package formed of the power storage device exterior material of the present disclosure.
 具体的には、少なくとも正極、負極、及び電解質を備えた蓄電デバイス素子を、本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材で、前記正極及び負極の各々に接続された金属端子を外側に突出させた状態で、蓄電デバイス素子の周縁にフランジ部(熱融着性樹脂層同士が接触する領域)が形成できるようにして被覆し、前記フランジ部の熱融着性樹脂層同士をヒートシールして密封させることによって、蓄電デバイス用外装材を使用した蓄電デバイスが提供される。なお、本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材により形成された包装体中に蓄電デバイス素子を収容する場合、本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材の熱融着性樹脂部分が内側(蓄電デバイス素子と接する面)になるようにして、包装体を形成する。 Specifically, an electricity storage device element including at least a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and an electrolyte is used in a state in which a metal terminal connected to each of the positive electrode and the negative electrode is projected to the outside in the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure. To cover the periphery of the electricity storage device element so that a flange portion (a region where the heat-fusible resin layers contact each other) can be formed, and heat-seal the heat-fusible resin layers of the flange portion to hermetically seal them. Thus, an electricity storage device using the exterior material for an electricity storage device is provided. Note that, when accommodating an electricity storage device element in a package formed of the electricity storage device exterior material of the present disclosure, the heat-fusible resin portion of the electricity storage device exterior material of the present disclosure is inside (a surface that contacts the electricity storage device element). ), and a package is formed.
 本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材は、電池(コンデンサー、キャパシター等を含む)などの蓄電デバイスに好適に使用することができる。また、本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材は、一次電池、二次電池のいずれに使用してもよいが、好ましくは二次電池である。本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材が適用される二次電池の種類については、特に制限されず、例えば、リチウムイオン電池、リチウムイオンポリマー電池、全固体電池、鉛蓄電池、ニッケル・水素蓄電池、ニッケル・カドミウム蓄電池、ニッケル・鉄蓄電池、ニッケル・亜鉛蓄電池、酸化銀・亜鉛蓄電池、金属空気電池、多価カチオン電池、コンデンサー、キャパシター等が挙げられる。これらの二次電池の中でも、本開示の蓄電デバイス用外装材の好適な適用対象として、リチウムイオン電池及びリチウムイオンポリマー電池が挙げられる。 The exterior material for an electricity storage device according to the present disclosure can be suitably used for an electricity storage device such as a battery (including a capacitor and a capacitor). Further, the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure may be used for either a primary battery or a secondary battery, but is preferably a secondary battery. The type of secondary battery to which the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure is applied is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a lithium-ion battery, a lithium-ion polymer battery, an all-solid-state battery, a lead storage battery, a nickel-hydrogen storage battery, and a nickel-metal hydride storage battery. Examples thereof include a cadmium storage battery, a nickel/iron storage battery, a nickel/zinc storage battery, a silver oxide/zinc storage battery, a metal-air battery, a polyvalent cation battery, a capacitor and a capacitor. Among these secondary batteries, lithium ion batteries and lithium ion polymer batteries can be cited as suitable targets to which the exterior material for an electricity storage device of the present disclosure is applied.
 以下に実施例及び比較例を示して本開示を詳細に説明する。但し本開示は実施例に限定されるものではない。 The present disclosure will be described in detail below with reference to examples and comparative examples. However, the present disclosure is not limited to the embodiments.
<蓄電デバイス用外装材の製造>
実施例1-5,10及び比較例1
 基材層として、延伸ナイロン(ONy)フィルム(厚さ15μm)を準備した。また、バリア層として、アルミニウム箔(JIS H4160:1994 A8021H-O(厚さ35μm))を用意した。次に、バリア層と基材層とを後述の接着剤(着色剤を含有する2液型ウレタン接着剤)を用いてドライラミネート法で積層した後、エージング処理を実施することにより、基材層/接着剤層/バリア層の積層体を作製した。アルミニウム箔の両面には、化成処理が施してある。アルミニウム箔の化成処理は、フェノール樹脂、フッ化クロム化合物、及びリン酸からなる処理液をクロムの塗布量が10mg/m2(乾燥質量)となるように、ロールコート法によりアルミニウム箔の両面に塗布し、焼付けすることにより行った。
<Manufacture of exterior materials for power storage devices>
Examples 1-5 and 10 and Comparative Example 1
A stretched nylon (ONy) film (thickness: 15 μm) was prepared as a base material layer. An aluminum foil (JIS H4160:1994 A8021H-O (thickness 35 μm)) was prepared as a barrier layer. Next, the barrier layer and the base material layer are laminated by a dry lamination method using an adhesive (two-component urethane adhesive containing a colorant) described below, and then the base material layer is subjected to aging treatment. A laminate of /adhesive layer/barrier layer was produced. Both sides of the aluminum foil are subjected to chemical conversion treatment. The chemical conversion treatment of the aluminum foil is performed by roll-coating the both surfaces of the aluminum foil with a treatment liquid consisting of a phenol resin, a chromium fluoride compound, and phosphoric acid so that the coating amount of chromium is 10 mg/m 2 (dry mass). It was carried out by coating and baking.
 次に、上記で得られた各積層体のバリア層の上に、接着層(厚さ20μm)としての無水マレイン酸変性ポリプロピレンと、熱融着性樹脂層(厚さ20μm)としてのランダムポリプロピレンとを共押出しすることにより、バリア層の上に接着層/熱融着性樹脂層とを積層させた。さらに、得られた積層体の基材層の表面に、シリカ粒子を含む樹脂組成物(樹脂は、ポリオール化合物とイソシアネート系化合物の混合物から形成されるポリウレタン樹脂)を厚さ3μmとなるように塗工することにより、つや消し調の表面被覆層を形成して、外側から順に、表面被覆層(3μm)/基材層(厚さ15μm)/接着剤層(3μm)/バリア層(35μm)/接着層(20μm)/熱融着性樹脂層(20μm)が積層された積層体(総厚み96μm)を得た。 Next, maleic anhydride-modified polypropylene as an adhesive layer (thickness 20 μm) and random polypropylene as a heat-fusible resin layer (thickness 20 μm) were formed on the barrier layer of each laminate obtained above. Was coextruded to laminate the adhesive layer/heat-fusible resin layer on the barrier layer. Further, a resin composition containing silica particles (resin is a polyurethane resin formed from a mixture of a polyol compound and an isocyanate compound) is applied to the surface of the base material layer of the obtained laminate so as to have a thickness of 3 μm. By forming a matte surface coating layer, the surface coating layer (3 μm)/base material layer (thickness 15 μm)/adhesive layer (3 μm)/barrier layer (35 μm)/adhesion are formed in order from the outside. A layered product (total thickness 96 μm) in which the layer (20 μm)/heat-fusible resin layer (20 μm) was layered was obtained.
実施例6
 実施例1において、表面被覆層を形成しなかったこと以外は、実施例1と同様にして、基材層(厚さ15μm)/接着剤層(3μm)/バリア層(35μm)/接着層(20μm)/熱融着性樹脂層(20μm)が積層された積層体(総厚み93μm)を得た。
Example 6
In Example 1, except that the surface coating layer was not formed, in the same manner as in Example 1, base material layer (thickness 15 μm)/adhesive layer (3 μm)/barrier layer (35 μm)/adhesive layer ( 20 μm)/heat-fusible resin layer (20 μm) was obtained to obtain a laminate (total thickness 93 μm).
実施例7
 実施例2において、表面被覆層を形成しなかったこと以外は、実施例2と同様にして、基材層(厚さ15μm)/接着剤層(3μm)/バリア層(35μm)/接着層(20μm)/熱融着性樹脂層(20μm)が積層された積層体(総厚み93μm)を得た。
Example 7
In Example 2, except that the surface coating layer was not formed, in the same manner as in Example 2, the base material layer (thickness 15 μm)/adhesive layer (3 μm)/barrier layer (35 μm)/adhesive layer ( 20 μm)/heat-fusible resin layer (20 μm) was obtained to obtain a laminate (total thickness 93 μm).
実施例8
 実施例3において、表面被覆層を形成しなかったこと以外は、実施例3と同様にして、基材層(厚さ15μm)/接着剤層(3μm)/バリア層(35μm)/接着層(20μm)/熱融着性樹脂層(20μm)が積層された積層体(総厚み93μm)を得た。
Example 8
In Example 3, except that the surface coating layer was not formed, in the same manner as in Example 3, the base material layer (thickness 15 μm)/adhesive layer (3 μm)/barrier layer (35 μm)/adhesive layer ( 20 μm)/heat-fusible resin layer (20 μm) was obtained to obtain a laminate (total thickness 93 μm).
実施例9,11-14
 実施例1において、表面被覆層を形成しなかったこと、及び接着剤層の形成に用いる接着剤として、接着剤C1の代わりに、それぞれ表1に記載の接着剤C4~C8を用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様にして、基材層(厚さ15μm)/接着剤層(3μm)/バリア層(35μm)/接着層(20μm)/熱融着性樹脂層(20μm)が積層された積層体(総厚み93μm)を得た。
Examples 9, 11-14
In Example 1, except that the surface coating layer was not formed and that the adhesives C4 to C8 described in Table 1 were used instead of the adhesive C1 as the adhesive used for forming the adhesive layer. Is a substrate layer (thickness 15 μm)/adhesive layer (3 μm)/barrier layer (35 μm)/adhesive layer (20 μm)/heat-fusible resin layer (20 μm) laminated in the same manner as in Example 1. A laminated body (total thickness 93 μm) was obtained.
<接着剤>
 基材層とバリア層との間の接着剤層の形成には、以下の接着剤を使用した。各実施例及び比較例で使用した接着剤の種類を表1に示す。
[接着剤B]
 黒色剤としてカーボンブラック(二次粒子径0.2μm)を含む、2液型ウレタン接着剤(ポリオール化合物と芳香族イソシアネート系化合物の混合物)
[接着剤C1]
 黒色剤としてカーボンブラックを使用した。カーボンブラック26質量部に対して、青色剤として、銅フタロシアニン4質量部を含む、2液型ウレタン接着剤(ポリオール化合物と芳香族イソシアネート系化合物の混合物)
[接着剤C2]
 黒色剤としてカーボンブラックを使用した。カーボンブラック15質量部に対して、青色剤として、銅フタロシアニン15質量部を含む、2液型ウレタン接着剤(ポリオール化合物と芳香族イソシアネート系化合物の混合物)
[接着剤C3]
 黒色剤としてカーボンブラックを使用した。カーボンブラック13質量部に対して、青色剤として、銅フタロシアニン17質量部を含む、2液型ウレタン接着剤(ポリオール化合物と芳香族イソシアネート系化合物の混合物)
[接着剤C4]
 黒色剤として、接着剤Bに含まれているカーボンブラックと同じカーボンブラックを使用した。カーボンブラック20質量部に対して、青色剤として、銅フタロシアニン10質量部を含む、2液型ウレタン接着剤(ポリオール化合物と芳香族イソシアネート系化合物の混合物)
[接着剤C5]
 黒色剤として、接着剤Bに含まれているカーボンブラックと同じカーボンブラックを使用した。カーボンブラック18質量部に対して、青色剤として、銅フタロシアニン12質量部を含む、2液型ウレタン接着剤(ポリオール化合物と芳香族イソシアネート系化合物の混合物)
[接着剤C6]
 黒色剤として、接着剤Bに含まれているカーボンブラックと同じカーボンブラックを使用した。カーボンブラック22質量部に対して、青色剤として、銅フタロシアニン8質量部を含む、2液型ウレタン接着剤(ポリオール化合物と芳香族イソシアネート系化合物の混合物)
[接着剤C7]
 黒色剤として、接着剤Bに含まれているカーボンブラックと同じカーボンブラックを使用した。カーボンブラック16質量部に対して、青色剤として、銅フタロシアニン14質量部を含む、2液型ウレタン接着剤(ポリオール化合物と芳香族イソシアネート系化合物の混合物)
[接着剤C8]
 黒色剤として、接着剤Bに含まれているカーボンブラックと同じカーボンブラックを使用した。カーボンブラック14質量部に対して、青色剤として、銅フタロシアニン116質量部を含む、2液型ウレタン接着剤(ポリオール化合物と芳香族イソシアネート系化合物の混合物)
<Adhesive>
The following adhesives were used for forming the adhesive layer between the base material layer and the barrier layer. Table 1 shows the types of adhesives used in each example and comparative example.
[Adhesive B]
Two-component urethane adhesive (mixture of polyol compound and aromatic isocyanate compound) containing carbon black (secondary particle diameter 0.2 μm) as a blackening agent
[Adhesive C1]
Carbon black was used as a blackening agent. Two-component urethane adhesive containing 4 parts by mass of copper phthalocyanine as a blue agent with respect to 26 parts by mass of carbon black (mixture of polyol compound and aromatic isocyanate compound)
[Adhesive C2]
Carbon black was used as a blackening agent. Two-component urethane adhesive (mixture of polyol compound and aromatic isocyanate compound) containing 15 parts by mass of copper phthalocyanine as a blue agent with respect to 15 parts by mass of carbon black.
[Adhesive C3]
Carbon black was used as a blackening agent. Two-component urethane adhesive containing 17 parts by mass of copper phthalocyanine as a blue agent with respect to 13 parts by mass of carbon black (mixture of polyol compound and aromatic isocyanate compound)
[Adhesive C4]
As the black colorant, the same carbon black as the carbon black contained in the adhesive B was used. Two-component urethane adhesive containing 10 parts by mass of copper phthalocyanine as a blue agent with respect to 20 parts by mass of carbon black (mixture of polyol compound and aromatic isocyanate compound)
[Adhesive C5]
As the black colorant, the same carbon black as the carbon black contained in the adhesive B was used. Two-component urethane adhesive containing 12 parts by mass of copper phthalocyanine as a blue agent with respect to 18 parts by mass of carbon black (mixture of polyol compound and aromatic isocyanate compound)
[Adhesive C6]
As the black colorant, the same carbon black as the carbon black contained in the adhesive B was used. Two-component urethane adhesive containing 8 parts by mass of copper phthalocyanine as a blue agent with respect to 22 parts by mass of carbon black (mixture of polyol compound and aromatic isocyanate compound)
[Adhesive C7]
As the black colorant, the same carbon black as the carbon black contained in the adhesive B was used. Two-component urethane adhesive containing 14 parts by mass of copper phthalocyanine as a blue agent with respect to 16 parts by mass of carbon black (mixture of polyol compound and aromatic isocyanate compound)
[Adhesive C8]
As the black colorant, the same carbon black as the carbon black contained in the adhesive B was used. Two-component urethane adhesive containing 116 parts by mass of copper phthalocyanine as a blue agent with respect to 14 parts by mass of carbon black (mixture of polyol compound and aromatic isocyanate compound)
<エージング処理条件>
 各実施例及び比較例で製造される蓄電デバイス用外装材について、外側から観察される色の調整に利用したエージング処理条件は、以下の通りである。
[条件A]
 80℃環境において12時間静置する。
[条件B]
 まず、ステップ1として、室温(25℃程度)において3時間静置する。次に、ステップ2として、55℃環境において3時間静置する。次に、ステップ3として、80℃環境において12時間静置する。
[条件C]
 60℃から100℃環境において3日間静置する。
<Aging treatment conditions>
The aging treatment conditions used for adjusting the color observed from the outside of the exterior material for the electricity storage device manufactured in each of the examples and comparative examples are as follows.
[Condition A]
Let stand for 12 hours in an 80°C environment.
[Condition B]
First, as step 1, it is left standing for 3 hours at room temperature (about 25° C.). Next, as step 2, it is left standing in a 55° C. environment for 3 hours. Next, as step 3, it is left standing in an environment of 80° C. for 12 hours.
[Condition C]
Let stand for 3 days in an environment of 60°C to 100°C.
<L*値、a*値及びb*値の測定>
 各実施例及び比較例で得られた蓄電デバイス用外装材について、白色校正キャップ(CM-A177:コニカミノルタ製)で校正したコニカミノルタ社製分光測色計(CM-700d)の観察条件を10°、観察光源をF2、CSIモードに設定(JIS Z8722-2009)し、外側(基材層側)表面のL*、a*、b*の測定を常温常湿下にて行った。測定は各サンプル3点測定し、その平均値を評価結果として表1に示す。
<Measurement of L * value, a * value and b * value>
Regarding the exterior materials for electricity storage devices obtained in each of the examples and comparative examples, the observation condition of a spectrocolorimeter (CM-700d) manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd. calibrated with a white calibration cap (CM-A177: manufactured by Konica Minolta) was set to 10 The observation light source was set to F2 and CSI mode (JIS Z8722-2009), and L * , a * , and b * of the outer (base material layer side) surface were measured at room temperature and normal humidity. The measurement was performed at three points on each sample, and the average value is shown in Table 1 as the evaluation result.
<蛍光X線分析法(XRF)によるCu元素の測定>
 実施例1~3及び比較例1で得られた蓄電デバイス用外装材について、以下の測定条件にて、蛍光X線分析法(XRF)によるCu元素の検出の有無を確認した。その結果、比較例1では、Cu元素に由来するピークは検出されなかった。また、実施例1~3では、Cu元素に由来するピークが検出された。なお、CuKαのピーク強度は、実施例1は0.4、実施例2は1.2、実施例3は1.2であった。
(測定条件)
使用装置:EDX-800HS(島津製作所製)
X線:Rhターゲット
電圧:50kV
電流:1000μA
照射面積:100φ
測定時間:100sec
測定雰囲気:真空
測定面:外側(蓄電デバイス用外装材の外側にX線が照射される)
解析方法:EDX-800HS(島津製作所製)に付属のソフト「PCEDX」による自動強度計算を実施する。具体的には、測定によって得られたスペクトルに対して、ピーク検出を行う。ピーク検出条件の係数は10とする。次に、検出されたピークに対して、強度計算から検出強度を算出する。
<Measurement of Cu element by X-ray fluorescence analysis (XRF)>
With respect to the exterior materials for electricity storage devices obtained in Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1, the presence or absence of Cu element detection by fluorescent X-ray analysis (XRF) was confirmed under the following measurement conditions. As a result, in Comparative Example 1, no peak derived from Cu element was detected. Further, in Examples 1 to 3, a peak derived from Cu element was detected. The CuKα peak intensity was 0.4 in Example 1, 1.2 in Example 2, and 1.2 in Example 3.
(Measurement condition)
Equipment used: EDX-800HS (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation)
X-ray: Rh Target voltage: 50kV
Current: 1000 μA
Irradiation area: 100φ
Measurement time: 100 sec
Measurement atmosphere: Vacuum Measurement surface: Outside (X-rays are irradiated on the outside of the exterior material for the electricity storage device)
Analysis method: Automatic strength calculation is performed using the software "PCEDX" attached to EDX-800HS (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). Specifically, peak detection is performed on the spectrum obtained by the measurement. The coefficient of the peak detection condition is 10. Next, for the detected peak, the detected intensity is calculated from the intensity calculation.
<イエロールーム内での識別性>
各実施例及び比較例で得られた蓄電デバイス用外装材の表面被覆層の表面に、インクジェットプリンター(マーケム・イマージュ株式会社製 機種名 9040)を用いて、1ドットの直径が約0.3mm、文字列の高さが約1.5mmの数字列「0123456789」を印刷してサンプルとした。なお、印刷に用いたインクは白色とした。次に、イエロールーム内にて、各サンプルを30cm離れた位置から肉眼で観察して、以下の評価基準に従って、識別性を評価した。結果を表1に示す。
(評価基準)
A:すぐに認識可能
B:認識に数秒要する
C:サンプル角度を変えて認識できる
<Distinguishability in the yellow room>
On the surface of the surface coating layer of the exterior material for an electricity storage device obtained in each of Examples and Comparative Examples, an inkjet printer (Model name 9040 manufactured by Markem Image Co., Ltd.) was used, and a diameter of one dot was about 0.3 mm, A number string "0123456789" having a height of the character string of about 1.5 mm was printed as a sample. The ink used for printing was white. Next, in the yellow room, each sample was visually observed from a position 30 cm away, and the distinctiveness was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The results are shown in Table 1.
(Evaluation criteria)
A: Can be recognized immediately B: It takes a few seconds to recognize C: Can be recognized by changing the sample angle
<外観の黒色>
 蛍光灯下の室内において、前記の<イエロールーム内での識別性>で用意した各サンプルについて、肉眼で観察して、以下の評価基準に従って、外観が黒色であると認識されることについて評価した。結果を表1に示す。
(評価基準)
A:明確に黒色であると認識される。
B:青色または赤色がわずかに認識されるが、黒色であると問題無く認識される
C:青色または赤色がはっきりと認識され、黒色であると認識されない虞がある。
<Black appearance>
In a room under a fluorescent lamp, each sample prepared in the above <identification in yellow room> was observed with the naked eye, and it was evaluated that the appearance was recognized as black according to the following evaluation criteria. .. The results are shown in Table 1.
(Evaluation criteria)
A: Clearly recognized as black.
B: Blue or red is slightly recognized, but it is recognized as black without any problem C: Blue or red is clearly recognized and may not be recognized as black.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
 表1に示される結果から明らかなとおり、実施例1~14の蓄電デバイス用外装材は、バリア層よりも外側に青色剤を含む層を備えていることから、外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材であるにもかかわらず、イエロールーム内において、表面に印刷された識別標識の識別性に優れていることが分かる。なお、実施例1~14の蓄電デバイス用外装材は、イエロールーム内だけでなく、一般的な蛍光灯下の室内においても、表面に印刷された識別標識の識別性に優れていた。また、実施例1~14の蓄電デバイス用外装材は、一般的な蛍光灯下の室内において、外観が黒色であると問題無く認識することができた。 As is clear from the results shown in Table 1, the outer packaging materials for electricity storage devices of Examples 1 to 14 are provided with a layer containing a blue colorant outside the barrier layer, and therefore, for electricity storage devices having a black appearance. It can be seen that the identification mark printed on the surface is excellent in the identification in the yellow room even though it is the exterior material. The exterior materials for electricity storage devices of Examples 1 to 14 were excellent in the identification property of the identification mark printed on the surface not only in the yellow room but also in the room under the general fluorescent lamp. Further, it was possible to recognize that the exterior materials for electricity storage devices of Examples 1 to 14 had a black appearance in a room under a general fluorescent lamp without any problem.
 以上の通り、本開示は、以下に示す態様の発明を提供する。
項1. 外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材であって、
 前記蓄電デバイス用外装材は、外側から順に、少なくとも、基材層、バリア層、及び熱融着性樹脂層を備える積層体から構成されており、
 前記積層体は、前記バリア層よりも外側に、青色剤を含む層を備えている、蓄電デバイス用外装材。
項2. 前記積層体の外側から蛍光X線分析法による分析を行うと、Cu元素が検出される、項1に記載の蓄電デバイス用外装材。
項3. 前記基材層と前記バリア層との間に、接着剤層を備えており、
 前記接着剤層が、前記青色剤を含む層である、項1または2に記載の蓄電デバイス用外装材。
項4. 前記基材層と前記バリア層との間に、着色層を備えており、
 前記着色層が、前記青色剤を含む層である、項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の蓄電デバイス用外装材。
項5. 前記基材層の前記バリア層側とは反対側に、表面被覆層を備えている、項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の蓄電デバイス用外装材。
項6. 外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材の製造方法であって、
 外側から順に、少なくとも、基材層と、バリア層と、熱融着性樹脂層とが積層された積層体を得る工程を備えており、
 前記積層体は、前記バリア層よりも外側に、青色剤を含む層を備えている、蓄電デバイス用外装材の製造方法。
項7. 少なくとも正極、負極、及び電解質を備えた蓄電デバイス素子が、項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の蓄電デバイス用外装材により形成された包装体中に収容されている、蓄電デバイス。
As described above, the present disclosure provides the invention of the aspects described below.
Item 1. An exterior material for an electricity storage device, which has a black appearance,
The exterior material for an electricity storage device is, in order from the outside, composed of a laminate including at least a base material layer, a barrier layer, and a heat-fusible resin layer,
The exterior body for an electricity storage device, wherein the laminate includes a layer containing a blue colorant outside the barrier layer.
Item 2. Item 2. The outer casing material for an electricity storage device according to Item 1, wherein Cu element is detected when an analysis by a fluorescent X-ray analysis method is performed from the outside of the laminate.
Item 3. An adhesive layer is provided between the base layer and the barrier layer,
Item 3. The exterior material for an electricity storage device according to Item 1 or 2, wherein the adhesive layer is a layer containing the blue agent.
Item 4. Between the base layer and the barrier layer, a colored layer is provided,
Item 4. The outer casing material for an electricity storage device according to any one of Items 1 to 3, wherein the colored layer is a layer containing the blue colorant.
Item 5. Item 5. The exterior material for an electricity storage device according to any one of Items 1 to 4, further comprising a surface coating layer on a side of the base material layer opposite to the barrier layer side.
Item 6. A method of manufacturing an exterior material for an electricity storage device, which has a black appearance,
From the outside in order, at least, a base material layer, a barrier layer, and a step of obtaining a laminate in which a heat-fusible resin layer is laminated,
The said laminated body is a manufacturing method of the exterior material for electrical storage devices which has the layer containing a blue agent outside the said barrier layer.
Item 7. An electricity storage device, wherein an electricity storage device element including at least a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and an electrolyte is housed in a package formed of the exterior material for an electricity storage device according to any one of Items 1 to 5.
1 基材層
2 接着剤層
21 着色層
3 バリア層
4 熱融着性樹脂層
5 接着層
6 表面被覆層
10 蓄電デバイス用外装材
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Base material layer 2 Adhesive layer 21 Colored layer 3 Barrier layer 4 Heat-fusible resin layer 5 Adhesive layer 6 Surface coating layer 10 Exterior material for power storage devices

Claims (7)

  1.  外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材であって、
     前記蓄電デバイス用外装材は、外側から順に、少なくとも、基材層、バリア層、及び熱融着性樹脂層を備える積層体から構成されており、
     前記積層体は、前記バリア層よりも外側に、青色剤を含む層を備えている、蓄電デバイス用外装材。
    An exterior material for an electricity storage device, which has a black appearance,
    The exterior material for an electricity storage device is, in order from the outside, composed of a laminate including at least a base material layer, a barrier layer, and a heat-fusible resin layer,
    The exterior body for an electricity storage device, wherein the laminated body includes a layer containing a blue colorant outside the barrier layer.
  2.  前記積層体の外側から蛍光X線分析法による分析を行うと、Cu元素が検出される、請求項1に記載の蓄電デバイス用外装材。 The exterior material for an electricity storage device according to claim 1, wherein Cu element is detected when an analysis by a fluorescent X-ray analysis method is performed from the outside of the laminate.
  3.  前記基材層と前記バリア層との間に、接着剤層を備えており、
     前記接着剤層が、前記青色剤を含む層である、請求項1または2に記載の蓄電デバイス用外装材。
    An adhesive layer is provided between the base layer and the barrier layer,
    The exterior material for an electricity storage device according to claim 1, wherein the adhesive layer is a layer containing the blue colorant.
  4.  前記基材層と前記バリア層との間に、着色層を備えており、
     前記着色層が、前記青色剤を含む層である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の蓄電デバイス用外装材。
    Between the base layer and the barrier layer, a colored layer is provided,
    The outer casing material for an electricity storage device according to claim 1, wherein the colored layer is a layer containing the blue colorant.
  5.  前記基材層の前記バリア層側とは反対側に、表面被覆層を備えている、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の蓄電デバイス用外装材。 The exterior material for an electricity storage device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein a surface coating layer is provided on a side of the base material layer opposite to the barrier layer side.
  6.  外観が黒色を呈する蓄電デバイス用外装材の製造方法であって、
     外側から順に、少なくとも、基材層と、バリア層と、熱融着性樹脂層とが積層された積層体を得る工程を備えており、
     前記積層体は、前記バリア層よりも外側に、青色剤を含む層を備えている、蓄電デバイス用外装材の製造方法。
    A method of manufacturing an exterior material for an electricity storage device, which has a black appearance,
    From the outside in order, at least, a base material layer, a barrier layer, and a step of obtaining a laminate in which a heat-fusible resin layer is laminated,
    The said laminated body is a manufacturing method of the exterior material for electrical storage devices which has the layer containing a blue agent outside the said barrier layer.
  7.  少なくとも正極、負極、及び電解質を備えた蓄電デバイス素子が、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の蓄電デバイス用外装材により形成された包装体中に収容されている、蓄電デバイス。 An electricity storage device, in which an electricity storage device element including at least a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and an electrolyte is housed in a package formed of the exterior material for an electricity storage device according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
PCT/JP2019/050568 2018-12-28 2019-12-24 Exterior material for power storage device, manufacturing method thereof, and power storage device WO2020138059A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020523823A JP6760550B1 (en) 2018-12-28 2019-12-24 Exterior materials for power storage devices, their manufacturing methods, and power storage devices

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018247808 2018-12-28
JP2018-247808 2018-12-28
JP2019-134658 2019-07-22
JP2019134658 2019-07-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020138059A1 true WO2020138059A1 (en) 2020-07-02

Family

ID=71127041

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/050568 WO2020138059A1 (en) 2018-12-28 2019-12-24 Exterior material for power storage device, manufacturing method thereof, and power storage device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6760550B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2020138059A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013069704A1 (en) * 2011-11-07 2013-05-16 凸版印刷株式会社 Outer-covering material for electricity-storage device
JP2015015414A (en) * 2013-07-08 2015-01-22 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Solar battery backside protective sheet, and solar battery module
WO2016052394A1 (en) * 2014-09-30 2016-04-07 大日本印刷株式会社 Packaging material for cell

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5293846B2 (en) * 2011-12-28 2013-09-18 大日本印刷株式会社 Packaging materials for electrochemical cells

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013069704A1 (en) * 2011-11-07 2013-05-16 凸版印刷株式会社 Outer-covering material for electricity-storage device
JP2015015414A (en) * 2013-07-08 2015-01-22 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Solar battery backside protective sheet, and solar battery module
WO2016052394A1 (en) * 2014-09-30 2016-04-07 大日本印刷株式会社 Packaging material for cell

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6760550B1 (en) 2020-09-23
JPWO2020138059A1 (en) 2021-02-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7205547B2 (en) Aluminum alloy foil, exterior material for power storage device, method for producing the same, and power storage device
JP7238403B2 (en) BATTERY PACKAGING MATERIAL, MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF, AND BATTERY
US10529958B2 (en) Battery packaging material
JP7225832B2 (en) Exterior material for power storage device, method for manufacturing exterior material for power storage device, and power storage device
US11990629B2 (en) Casing material for power storage device, production method therefor, and power storage device
JP2023075951A (en) Battery packing material, battery, manufacturing method for these, and polyester film
WO2020085464A1 (en) Casing material for power storage device, production method therefor, and power storage device
WO2020085463A1 (en) Casing material for power storage device, production method therefor, and power storage device
JPWO2018124224A1 (en) Aluminum alloy foil for battery packaging material, battery packaging material, and battery
US20220173461A1 (en) Exterior material for electrical storage device, method for manufacturing same, and electrical storage device
JP2023011625A (en) Outer package material for power storage device, manufacturing method thereof, and power storage device
WO2020138059A1 (en) Exterior material for power storage device, manufacturing method thereof, and power storage device
WO2020138060A1 (en) Exterior material for power storage device, manufacturing method thereof, and power storage device
US20230223620A1 (en) Outer packaging for electrical storage devices, method for manufacturing said outer packaging, and electrical storage device
WO2021230251A1 (en) Exterior material for power storage device, method for manufacturing same, and power storage device
JP7225833B2 (en) Exterior material for power storage device, method for manufacturing exterior material for power storage device, and power storage device
WO2020075731A1 (en) Battery valve element, manufacturing method for said battery valve element, and battery
WO2022210750A1 (en) Exterior material for power storage device, power storage device, and method for manufacturing same
WO2023171807A1 (en) Outer package material for power storage devices, method for producing same, appearance inspection method, and power storage device
WO2022138868A1 (en) Exterior material for power storage device, method for manufacturing same, resin composition, elastic particles, and power storage device
US20230261289A1 (en) Exterior material for power storage device, method for manufacturing same, and power storage device
WO2020085461A1 (en) Casing material for power storage device, production method therefor, and power storage device
WO2023113037A1 (en) Quality control method in molding process of outer package material for power storage devices, inspection method, outer package material for power storage devices, and method for producing power storage device
JP2023163177A (en) Exterior package material for power storage device, manufacturing method thereof and power storage device
JP7332072B1 (en) Exterior material for power storage device, manufacturing method thereof, and power storage device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020523823

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19905020

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19905020

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1